# Patent

## Title
Azepane derivatives and methods of treating hepatitis B infections

## Abstract

Provided herein are compounds useful for the treatment of HBV infection in a subject in need thereof, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of inhibiting, suppressing, or preventing HBV infection in the subject.

## Background
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/694,147, filed Apr. 23, 2015, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/511,964, filed Oct. 10, 2014, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/928,130, filed on Jan. 16, 2014. The entire contents of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.


BACKGROUND
Chronic hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection is a significant global health problem, affecting over 5% of the world population (over 350 million people worldwide and 1.25 million individuals in the U.S.).
Despite the availability of a prophylactic HBV vaccine, the burden of chronic HBV infection continues to be a significant unmet worldwide medical problem, due to suboptimal treatment options and sustained rates of new infections in most parts of the developing world. Current treatments do not provide a cure and are limited to only two classes of agents (interferon and nucleoside analogues/inhibitors of the viral polymerase); drug resistance, low efficacy, and tolerability issues limit their impact. The low cure rates of HBV are attributed at least in part to the presence and persistence of covalently closed circular DNA (cccDNA) in the nucleus of infected hepatocytes. However, persistent suppression of HBV DNA slows liver disease progression and helps to prevent hepatocellular carcinoma. Current therapy goals for HBV-infected patients are directed to reducing serum HBV DNA to low or undetectable levels, and to ultimately reducing or preventing the development of cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma.
There is a need in the art for therapeutic agents that treat, ameliorate or prevent HBV infection. Administration of these therapeutic agents to an HBV infected patient, either as monotherapy or in combination with other HBV treatments or ancillary treatments, will lead to significantly improved prognosis, diminished progression of the disease, and enhanced seroconversion rates.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Provided herein are compounds useful for the treatment of HBV infection in a subject in need thereof.
In one aspect, provided herein are compounds having the Formula I:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In one embodiment, the compound of Formula I has the Formula II,




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the compound of Formula I has the Formula III,




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another aspect, provided herein are compounds having the Formula IV:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another aspect, provided herein are compounds having the Formula V:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another aspect, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In one aspect, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V.
In another aspect, provided herein is a method of eradicating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V.
In another aspect, provided herein is a method of reducing viral load associated with an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V.
In still another aspect, provided herein is a method of reducing reoccurrence of an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V.
In yet another aspect, provided herein is a method of reducing an adverse physiological impact of an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V.
Also provided herein are methods of inducing remission of hepatic injury from an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V.
In another aspect, provided herein is a method of reducing the physiological impact of long-term antiviral therapy for HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V.
In another aspect, provided herein is method of prophylactically treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, wherein the individual is afflicted with a latent HBV infection, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V.
Any of the above methods may further comprise administration to the individual at least one additional therapeutic agent. In an embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent may be selected from, but not limited to, the group consisting of a HBV polymerase inhibitor, immunomodulatory agents, pegylated interferon, viral entry inhibitor, viral maturation inhibitor, capsid assembly modulator, reverse transcriptase inhibitor, a cyclophilin/TNF inhibitor, a TLR-agonist, an HBV vaccine, and agents of distinct or unknown mechanism, and a combination thereof.
In another embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a HBV polymerase inhibitor, interferon, viral entry inhibitor, viral maturation inhibitor, capsid assembly modulator, reverse transcriptase inhibitor, a TLR-agonist, and agents of distinct or unknown mechanism, and a combination thereof.
In another embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is a reverse transcriptase inhibitor and is at least one of Zidovudine, Didanosine, Zalcitabine, ddA, Stavudine, Lamivudine, Abacavir, Emtricitabine, Entecavir, Apricitabine, Atevirapine, ribavirin, acyclovir, famciclovir, valacyclovir, ganciclovir, valganciclovir, Tenofovir, Adefovir, PMPA, cidofovir, Efavirenz, Nevirapine, Delavirdine, or Etravirine.
In another embodiment of the combination therapy, the additional therapeutic agent is a TLR agonist. In a preferred embodiment, the TLR agonist is a TLR-7 agonist selected from the group consisting of SM360320 (9-benzyl-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)adenine) and AZD 8848 (methyl [3-({[3-(6-amino-2-butoxy-8-oxo-7,8-dihydro-9H-purin-9-yl)propyl][3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]amino}methyl)phenyl]acetate).
In a further embodiment of the combination therapy, the additional therapeutic agent is an interferon, wherein the interferon is any interferon, which may be optionally pegylated. In yet a further embodiment, the interferon is interferon alpha (IFN-α), interferon beta (IFN-β), interferon lambda (IFN-λ), or interferon gamma (IFN-γ). In a preferred embodiment, the interferon is interferon-alpha-2a, interferon-alpha-2b, interferon-alpha-n1, pegylated interferon-alpha-2a, or pegylated interferon-alpha-2b.
In any of the methods provided herein, the method may further comprise administering to the individual at least one HBV vaccine, a nucleoside HBV inhibitor, or any combination thereof. In an embodiment, the HBV vaccine is at least one of RECOMBIVAX HB, ENGERIX-B, ELOVAC B, GENEVAC-B, or SHANVAC B.
In another embodiment of the methods provided herein, administering the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V allows for administering of the at least one additional therapeutic agent at a lower dose or frequency as compared to the administering of the at least one additional therapeutic agent alone that is required to achieve similar results in prophylactically treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof.
In another embodiment of the methods provided herein, administering the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V reduces the viral load in the individual to a greater extent or at a faster rate compared to the administering of a compound selected from the group consisting of a HBV polymerase inhibitor, interferon, viral entry inhibitor, viral maturation inhibitor, distinct capsid assembly modulator, antiviral compounds of distinct or unknown mechanism, and any combination thereof.
In another embodiment of the methods provided herein, the administering of the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V causes a lower incidence of viral mutation and/or viral resistance than the administering of a compound selected from the group consisting of a HBV polymerase inhibitor, interferon, viral entry inhibitor, viral maturation inhibitor, distinct capsid assembly modulator, antiviral compounds of distinct or unknown mechanism, and combination thereof.
In another aspect, provided herein is method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising reducing the HBV viral load by administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V alone or in combination with a reverse transcriptase inhibitor; and further administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of HBV vaccine. In an embodiment, the reverse transcriptase inhibitor is at least one of Zidovudine, Didanosine, Zalcitabine, ddA, Stavudine, Lamivudine, Abacavir, Emtricitabine, Entecavir, Apricitabine, Atevirapine, ribavirin, acyclovir, famciclovir, valacyclovir, ganciclovir, valganciclovir, Tenofovir, Adefovir, PMPA, cidofovir, Efavirenz, Nevirapine, Delavirdine, or Etravirine
In another embodiment of the methods provided herein, the method further comprises monitoring the HBV viral load, and wherein the method is carried out for a period of time such that the HBV virus is undetectable.



DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1 is a schematic representation of the synthetic library general design.



DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Provided herein are compounds that are useful in the treatment and prevention of HBV infection in man. In a non-limiting aspect, these compounds may modulate or disrupt HBV assembly and other HBV core protein functions necessary for the generation of infectious particles by interacting with HBV capsid to afford defective viral particles with greatly reduced virulence. The compounds of the invention have potent antiviral activity, exhibit favorable metabolic, tissue distribution, safety and pharmaceutical profiles, and are suitable for use in man.
The HBV capsid protein plays essential functions during the viral life cycle. HBV capsid/core proteins form metastable viral particles or protein shells that protect the viral genome during intercellular passage, and also play a central role in viral replication processes, including genome encapsidation, genome replication, and virion morphogenesis and egress. Capsid structures also respond to environmental cues to allow un-coating after viral entry. Consistently, proper capsid assembly and function of core protein have been found to be critical for viral infectivity.
The crucial function of HBV capsid proteins imposes stringent evolutionary constraints on the viral capsid protein sequence, leading to the observed low sequence variability and high conservation. Consistently, mutations in HBV capsid that disrupt its assembly are lethal, and mutations that perturb capsid stability severely attenuate viral replication. The more conserved a drug target is, the fewer replication-competent resistance mutations are acquired by patients. Indeed, natural mutations in HBV capsid for chronically infected patients accumulate in only four out of 183 residues in the full length protein. Thus, HBV capsid assembly and function inhibitors may elicit lower drug resistance emergence rates relative to existing HBV antivirals. Further, drug therapy that targets HBV capsid could be less prone to drug-resistant mutations when compared to drugs that target traditional neuraminidase enzyme active sites. Reports describing compounds that bind viral capsids and inhibit replication of HIV, rhinovirus and HBV provide strong pharmacological proof of concept for viral capsid proteins as antiviral drug targets.
In one aspect, the compounds of the invention are useful in HBV treatment by disrupting, accelerating, reducing, delaying and/or inhibiting normal viral capsid assembly and/or disassembly of immature or mature particles, thereby inducing aberrant capsid morphology and leading to antiviral effects such as disruption of virion assembly and/or disassembly, virion maturation, and/or virus egress. In one embodiment, a disruptor of capsid assembly interacts with mature or immature viral capsid to perturb the stability of the capsid, thus affecting assembly and/or disassembly. In another embodiment, a disruptor of capsid assembly perturbs protein folding and/or salt bridges required for stability, function and/or normal morphology of the viral capsid, thereby disrupting and/or accelerating capsid assembly and/or disassembly. In yet another embodiment, the compounds of the invention bind capsid and alter metabolism of cellular polyproteins and precursors, leading to abnormal accumulation of protein monomers and/or oligomers and/or abnormal particles, which causes cellular toxicity and death of infected cells. In another embodiment, the compounds of the invention cause failure of the formation of capsid of optimal stability, affecting efficient uncoating and/or disassembly of viruses (e.g., during infectivity).
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention disrupt and/or accelerate capsid assembly and/or disassembly when the capsid protein is immature. In another embodiment, the compounds of the invention disrupt and/or accelerate capsid assembly and/or disassembly when the capsid protein is mature. In yet another embodiment, the compounds of the invention disrupt and/or accelerate capsid assembly and/or disassembly during vial infectivity. In yet another embodiment, the disruption and/or acceleration of capsid assembly and/or disassembly attenuates HBV viral infectivity and/or reduces viral load. In yet another embodiment, disruption, acceleration, inhibition, delay and/or reduction of capsid assembly and/or disassembly eradicates the virus from the host organism. In yet another embodiment, eradication of the HBV from a host advantageously obviates the need for chronic long-term therapy and/or reduces the duration of long-term therapy.
In one embodiment, the compounds described herein are suitable for monotherapy and are effective against natural or native HBV strains and against HBV strains resistant to currently known drugs. In another embodiment, the compounds described herein are suitable for use in combination therapy.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the invention can be used in methods of modulating (e.g., inhibit or disrupt) the activity, stability, function, and viral replication properties of HBV cccDNA. In yet another embodiment, the compounds of the invention can be used in methods of diminishing or preventing the formation of HBV cccDNA.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the invention can be used in methods of modulating (e.g., inhibit or disrupt) the activity of HBV cccDNA. In yet another embodiment, the compounds of the invention can be used in methods of diminishing or preventing the formation of HBV cccDNA.
Definitions
Listed below are definitions of various terms used to describe this invention. These definitions apply to the terms as they are used throughout this specification and claims, unless otherwise limited in specific instances, either individually or as part of a larger group.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein generally have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Generally, the nomenclature used herein and the laboratory procedures in cell culture, molecular genetics, organic chemistry, and peptide chemistry are those well-known and commonly employed in the art.
As used herein, the articles “a” and “an” refer to one or to more than one (i.e. to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. By way of example, “an element” means one element or more than one element. Furthermore, use of the term “including” as well as other forms, such as “include”, “includes,” and “included,” is not limiting.
As used herein, the term “about” will be understood by persons of ordinary skill in the art and will vary to some extent on the context in which it is used. As used herein when referring to a measurable value such as an amount, a temporal duration, and the like, the term “about” is meant to encompass variations of ±20% or ±10%, more preferably ±5%, even more preferably ±1%, and still more preferably ±0.1% from the specified value, as such variations are appropriate to perform the disclosed methods.
As used herein, the term “capsid assembly modulator” refers to a compound that disrupts or accelerates or inhibits or hinders or delays or reduces or modifies normal capsid assembly (e.g., during maturation) or normal capsid disassembly (e.g., during infectivity) or perturbs capsid stability, thereby inducing aberrant capsid morphology and function. In one embodiment, a capsid assembly modulator accelerates capsid assembly or disassembly, thereby inducing aberrant capsid morphology. In another embodiment, a capsid assembly modulator interacts (e.g. binds at an active site, binds at an allosteric site, modifies and/or hinders folding and the like) with the major capsid assembly protein (CA), thereby disrupting capsid assembly or disassembly. In yet another embodiment, a capsid assembly modulator causes a perturbation in structure or function of CA (e.g., ability of CA to assemble, disassemble, bind to a substrate, fold into a suitable conformation, or the like), which attenuates viral infectivity and/or is lethal to the virus.
As used herein, the term “treatment” or “treating,” is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent, i.e., a compound of the invention (alone or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent), to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient (e.g., for diagnosis or ex vivo applications), who has HBV infection, a symptom of HBV infection or the potential to develop HBV infection, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect HBV infection, the symptoms of HBV infection or the potential to develop HBV infection. Such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics.
As used herein, the term “prevent” or “prevention” means no disorder or disease development if none had occurred, or no further disorder or disease development if there had already been development of the disorder or disease. Also considered is the ability of one to prevent some or all of the symptoms associated with the disorder or disease.
As used herein, the term “patient,” “individual” or “subject” refers to a human or a non-human mammal. Non-human mammals include, for example, livestock and pets, such as ovine, bovine, porcine, canine, feline and murine mammals. Preferably, the patient, subject or individual is human.
As used herein, the terms “effective amount,” “pharmaceutically effective amount” and “therapeutically effective amount” refer to a nontoxic but sufficient amount of an agent to provide the desired biological result. That result may be reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. An appropriate therapeutic amount in any individual case may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using routine experimentation.
As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to a material, such as a carrier or diluent, which does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compound, and is relatively non-toxic, i.e., the material may be administered to an individual without causing undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by converting an existing acid or base moiety to its salt form. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention include the conventional non-toxic salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 1418 and Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 2 (1977), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
As used herein, the term “composition” or “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a mixture of at least one compound useful within the invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to a patient or subject. Multiple techniques of administering a compound exist in the art including, but not limited to, intravenous, oral, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary and topical administration.
As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or carrier, such as a liquid or solid filler, stabilizer, dispersing agent, suspending agent, diluent, excipient, thickening agent, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a compound useful within the invention within or to the patient such that it may perform its intended function. Typically, such constructs are carried or transported from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, including the compound useful within the invention, and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials that may serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; glycols, such as propylene glycol; polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; surface active agents; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol; phosphate buffer solutions; and other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” also includes any and all coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are compatible with the activity of the compound useful within the invention, and are physiologically acceptable to the patient. Supplementary active compounds may also be incorporated into the compositions. The “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” may further include a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound useful within the invention. Other additional ingredients that may be included in the pharmaceutical compositions used in the practice of the invention are known in the art and described, for example in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Genaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., 1985, Easton, Pa.), which is incorporated herein by reference.
As used herein, the term “alkyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C1-6 means one to six carbon atoms) and includes straight, branched chain, or cyclic substituent groups. Examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, and cyclopropylmethyl. Most preferred is (C1-6)alkyl, particularly ethyl, methyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl and cyclopropylmethyl.
As used herein, the term “halo” or “halogen” alone or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom, preferably, fluorine, chlorine, or bromine, more preferably, fluorine or chlorine.
As used herein, the term “cycloalkyl” refers to a mono cyclic or polycyclic non-aromatic radical, wherein each of the atoms forming the ring (i.e., skeletal atoms) is a carbon atom. In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl group is saturated or partially unsaturated. In another embodiment, the cycloalkyl group is fused with an aromatic ring. Cycloalkyl groups include groups having 3 to 10 ring atoms (C3-10 cycloalkyl), or groups having 3 to 7 ring atoms (C3-7 cycloalkyl). Illustrative examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, the following moieties:




Monocyclic cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Dicyclic cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, and tetrahydropentalene. Polycyclic cycloalkyls include adamantine and norbornane. The term cycloalkyl includes “unsaturated nonaromatic carbocyclyl” or “nonaromatic unsaturated carbocyclyl” groups, both of which refer to a nonaromatic carbocycle as defined herein, which contains at least one carbon carbon double bond or one carbon carbon triple bond.
As used herein, the term “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” refers to a heteroalicyclic group containing one to four ring heteroatoms each selected from O, S and N. In one embodiment, each heterocycloalkyl group has from 4 to 10 atoms in its ring system, with the proviso that the ring of said group does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms. In another embodiment, the heterocycloalkyl group is fused with an aromatic ring. In one embodiment, the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized. The heterocyclic system may be attached, unless otherwise stated, at any heteroatom or carbon atom that affords a stable structure. A heterocycle may be aromatic or non-aromatic in nature. In one embodiment, the heterocycle is a heteroaryl.
An example of a 3-membered heterocycloalkyl group includes, and is not limited to, aziridine. Examples of 4-membered heterocycloalkyl groups include, and are not limited to, azetidine and a beta lactam. Examples of 5-membered heterocycloalkyl groups include, and are not limited to, pyrrolidine, oxazolidine and thiazolidinedione. Examples of 6-membered heterocycloalkyl groups include, and are not limited to, piperidine, morpholine and piperazine. Other non-limiting examples of heterocycloalkyl groups are:




Examples of non-aromatic heterocycles include monocyclic groups such as aziridine, oxirane, thiirane, azetidine, oxetane, thietane, pyrrolidine, pyrroline, pyrazolidine, imidazoline, dioxolane, sulfolane, 2,3-dihydrofuran, 2,5-dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiophane, piperidine, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, 1,4-dihydropyridine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, pyran, 2,3-dihydropyran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,3-dioxane, homopiperazine, homopiperidine, 1,3-dioxepane, 4,7-dihydro-1,3-dioxepin, and hexamethyleneoxide.
As used herein, the term “aromatic” refers to a carbocycle or heterocycle with one or more polyunsaturated rings and having aromatic character, i.e., having (4n+2) delocalized π (pi) electrons, where n is an integer.
As used herein, the term “aryl,” employed alone or in combination with other terms, means, unless otherwise stated, a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one or more rings (typically one, two or three rings), wherein such rings may be attached together in a pendent manner, such as a biphenyl, or may be fused, such as naphthalene. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, anthracyl, and naphthyl. Preferred examples are phenyl and naphthyl, most preferred is phenyl. In some embodiments, aryl groups have six carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aryl groups have from six to ten carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aryl groups have from six to sixteen carbon atoms.
As used herein, the term “heteroaryl” or “heteroaromatic” refers to a heterocycle having aromatic character. A polycyclic heteroaryl may include one or more rings that are partially saturated. Examples include the following moieties:




Examples of heteroaryl groups also include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl (particularly 2- and 4-pyrimidinyl), pyridazinyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl (particularly 2-pyrrolyl), imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl (particularly 3- and 5-pyrazolyl), isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl and 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl.
Examples of polycyclic heterocycles and heteroaryls include indolyl (particularly 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- and 7-indolyl), indolinyl, quinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, isoquinolyl (particularly 1- and 5-isoquinolyl), 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl (particularly 2- and 5-quinoxalinyl), quinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, coumarin, dihydrocoumarin, 1,5-naphthyridinyl, benzofuryl (particularly 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- and 7-benzofuryl), 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl, 1,2-benzisoxazolyl, benzothienyl (particularly 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, and 7-benzothienyl), benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl (particularly 2-benzothiazolyl and 5-benzothiazolyl), purinyl, benzimidazolyl (particularly 2-benzimidazolyl), benzotriazolyl, thioxanthinyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, acridinyl, pyrrolizidinyl, and quinolizidinyl.
As used herein, the term “substituted” means that an atom or group of atoms has replaced hydrogen as the substituent attached to another group. The term “substituted” further refers to any level of substitution, namely mono-, di-, tri-, tetra-, or penta-substitution, where such substitution is permitted. The substituents are independently selected, and substitution may be at any chemically accessible position. In one embodiment, the substituents vary in number between one and four. In another embodiment, the substituents vary in number between one and three. In yet another embodiment, the substituents vary in number between one and two.
Compounds of the Invention
The present invention relates to the discovery of compounds that are useful in the treatment and prevention of HBV infection in man. In one aspect, the compounds of the invention are useful in HBV treatment by disrupting, accelerating, reducing delaying or inhibiting normal viral capsid assembly or disassembly of immature or mature particles, thereby inducing aberrant capsid morphology and leading to antiviral effects such as disruption of virion assembly or disassembly or virion maturation, or virus egress.
In another aspect, compounds of the invention bind to core protein thereby inducing aberrant virion and leading to antiviral effects such as disruption of virion assembly, disassembly, maturation, or virus egress.
The capsid assembly disruptors disclosed herein may be used as monotherapy or in cross-class combination regimens for treating HBV infection in man. Combination therapy with drugs exhibiting different mechanism of action (MOA) that act at different steps in the virus life cycle may deliver greater efficacy due to additive or synergistic antiviral effects. Clinically evaluated HIV treatment regimens have shown that combination therapy improves the efficacy of viral load reduction, and dramatically reduces emergence of antiviral resistance. Combination therapy for the treatment of Hepatitis C (HCV) virus infection has also resulted in significant improvement in sustained antiviral response and eradication rates. Thus, use of the HBV capsid assembly inhibitors of the present invention in combination with, for example, neuraminidase drugs, is likely to deliver a more profound antiviral effect and greater disease eradication rates than current standards of care.
Capsid assembly plays a central role in HBV genome replication. HBV polymerase binds pre-genomic HBV RNA (pgRNA), and pgRNA encapsidation must occur prior to HBV DNA synthesis. Moreover, it is well established that nuclear accumulation of the cccDNA replication intermediate, which is responsible for maintenance of chronic HBV replication in the presence of nucleoside suppressive therapy, requires the capsid for shuttling HBV DNA to the nuclei. Therefore, the HBV capsid assembly disruptors of the invention have the potential to increase HBV eradication rates through synergistic or additive suppression of viral genome replication and to further reduce accumulation of cccDNA when used alone or in combination with existing nucleoside drugs. The capsid assembly disruptors of the present invention may also alter normal core protein function or degradation, potentially leading to altered MHC-1 antigen presentation, which may in turn increase seroconversion/eradication rates through immuno-stimulatory activity, more effectively clearing infected cells.
In one aspect, drug resistance poses a major threat to current therapies for chronic HBV infection, and cross-class combination therapy is a proven strategy for delaying emergence of drug resistance strains. The capsid assembly disruptors of the present invention can, when administered alone or in combination with other HBV therapy, offer enhanced drug resistant profiles and improved management of chronic HBV.
The compounds useful within the invention can be synthesized using techniques well-known in the art of organic synthesis. The starting materials and intermediates required for the synthesis may be obtained from commercial sources or synthesized according to methods known to those skilled in the art.
In one aspect, the compound of the invention is a compound of Formula I:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cyclo alkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, R6, or OR6, wherein R6 is, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
Cy is




R7 and R8 are, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with C1-C3 alkyl;
or R7 and R8 join to form a 3- to 10-membered ring;
R11 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
R12 is, independently at each occurrence, H or —C1-C6 alkyl;
R13 and R14 join to form a CH2 bridge;
m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
n is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
x is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and
y is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In another aspect, the compound of the invention is a compound of Formula I:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, R6, or OR6, wherein R6 is, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
or two R2 groups, the phenyl ring to which they are attached, join to form benzimidazole;
Cy is




R7 and R8 are, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with C1-C3 alkyl;
or R7 and R8 join to form a 3- to 10-membered ring;
R11 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, ═O, —OC(O)CH3, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —O—C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
R12 is, independently at each occurrence, H or —C1-C6 alkyl;
R13 and R14, together with the carbons to which they are attached, join to form a cyclopropyl ring;
m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
n is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
x is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and
y is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In one embodiment of Formula I provided herein,
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, R6, or OR6, wherein R6 is, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
Cy is




R7 and R8 are, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl);
or R7 and R8 join to form a 3- to 7-membered ring;
R11 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
R12 is, independently at each occurrence, H or —C1-C6 alkyl;
m is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
n is 1, 2, or 3;
x is 0, 1, 2, or 3; and
y is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
In another embodiment of Formula I provided herein,
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, or —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH;
each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, R6, or OR6, wherein R6 is, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH;
Cy is




R11 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, or —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH;
R12 is, independently at each occurrence, H or —C1-C6 alkyl;
m is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
n is 1, 2, or 3;
x is 0, 1, 2, or 3; and
y is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
In one embodiment of Formula I provided herein, R4 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula I provided herein, R7 and R8 are, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, pyridyl, benzyl, or pyridylmethyl.
In another embodiment of Formula I provided herein, R7 and R8 are, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the —C1-C6 alkyl groups join to form a 3- to 7-membered ring.
In another embodiment of Formula I provided herein, each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, halo, and x is 1, 2, or 3.
In a further embodiment of Formula I provided herein, the compound is of the Formula II:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X1 is halo.

In another embodiment of Formula I and Formula II provided herein, each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, halo, OH, —C1-C6 alkyl, or —O—C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or OH.
In one specific embodiment, each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, halo or —C1-C3 alkyl-OH, and y is 1 or 2.
In still another embodiment of Formula I and Formula II provided herein, each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, OR6, wherein R6 is, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl or —C3-C10 cyclo alkyl, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-2 times with halo or OH.
In a further embodiment of Formula I and Formula II provided herein, the compound is of Formula III:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In still another embodiment of Formulas I-III provided herein, Cy is




In one specific embodiment, each R11 is, independently at each occurrence, halo, OH, —C1-C6 alkyl, or —O—C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or OH.

In yet another embodiment of Formulas I-III provided herein, Cy is




and n is 0, 1, or 2. In one specific embodiment, R11 is —O—C1-C3 alkyl, and n is 1. In another specific embodiment, R11 is OH or —C1-C3 alkyl-OH, and n is 1. In another specific embodiment, n is 0. In another specific embodiment, R11 is halo, and n is 1. In still another specific embodiment, R11 is —C1-C3 alkyl, and n is 1.

In a further embodiment of Formulas I-III provided herein, Cy is




wherein X2 is halo and n is 0, 1, or 2. In one specific embodiment, n is 0.

In another embodiment of Formulas I-III provided herein, Cy is




In one specific embodiment, each R11 is, independently at each occurrence, OH or —C1-C3 alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or OH, and m is 1 or 2. In another specific embodiment, m is 0.

In another aspect, provided herein is a compound of Formula IV:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cyclo alkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
each R3 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 alkoxy, R9, or OR9, wherein R9 is, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —(CH2)1-4—(C3-C10 cyclo alkyl), —(CH2)1-4—(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —(CH2)1-4-(aryl), or —(CH2)1-4-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl group is substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2; and the alkoxy, —(CH2)1-4—, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
x is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and
z is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In one embodiment of Formula IV provided herein,
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
each R3 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 alkoxy, R9, or OR9, wherein R9 is, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, —(CH2)1-4—(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), or —(CH2)1-4—(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl group is substituted 1-3 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2; and the alkoxy, —(CH2)1-4—, heteroalkyl, cyclo alkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
x is 0, 1, 2, or 3; and
z is 1, 2, or 3.
In another embodiment of Formula IV provided herein,
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, or —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH;
each R3 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 alkoxy, R9, or OR9, wherein R9 is, independently at each occurrence, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl or —(CH2)1-4—(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl group is substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH; and the alkoxy, —(CH2)1-4—, and cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH;
x is 0, 1, 2, or 3; and
z is 1, 2, or 3.
In another embodiment of Formula IV provided herein, R4 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula IV provided herein, each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, halo and x is 1, 2, or 3.
In still another embodiment of Formula IV provided herein, each R3 is, independently at each occurrence, OH or —C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH and z is 1, 2, or 3.
In yet another embodiment of Formula IV provided herein, R3 is —C1-C3 alkyl-OH and z is 1.
In anther embodiment of Formula I provided herein, the compound is of Formula V:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, halo, OH, —C1-C6 alkyl, or —O—C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or OH;
each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, halo, OH, —C1-C6 alkyl, or —O—C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or OH;
Cy is




R11 is, independently at each occurrence, —OH, halo, —C1-C6 alkyl, —OC(O)CH3, or —C3-C10 cycloalkyl;
R13 and R14, together with the carbons to which they are attached, join to form a cyclopropyl ring;
m is 1, 2, or 3;
n is 1, 2, or 3; and
x is 2 or 3.
In a specific embodiment of Formula V provided herein, each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, halo.
In another specific embodiment of Formula V provided herein, each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, halo or —C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo.
Certain preferred embodiments of Formulas I-V, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are shown below in Table 1. All compounds of Formulas I, II, III, IV, and V as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and the compounds of Table 1, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are considered to be “compounds of the invention.”
More preferred embodiments of Formulas I-V, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are shown below in Table 2. All compounds of Formulas I, II, III, IV, and V as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and the compounds of Table 2, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are considered to be “compounds of the invention.”
Synthetic method codes refer to the synthesis methodologies provided in the experimental section. For example, “A01B01C01D01” refers the use of intermediate A01 for region A, intermediate B01 for region B, intermediate C01 for region C, and intermediate D01 for region D.











TABLE 1






Compound

MS
Synthetic


Structure
ID
1H NMR
(M + H)+
method











1762
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.46 (dd, J = 2.4, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.26-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.51 (dd, J = 8.7, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.96- 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.77 (dd, J = 4.3, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.64-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.25- 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.02 (dd, J = 8.4, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.01-1.97 (m, J = 4.3, 8.3, 12.7 Hz, 1H), 1.92-1.50 (m, 5H).
447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A01B02C02


 






1763

445/447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A01B02C01


 






1763_E1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 10.69 (s, 1H), 8.40-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.25-8.35 (m, 1H), 8.00-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.40- 7.50 (m, 1H), 4.90-4.92 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.45- 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.95 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.85 (m, 6H).
445/447
Separated from 1763 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1763_E2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.69 (s, 1H), 8.40-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.25-8.35 (m, 1H), 8.00-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.40- 7.50 (m, 1H), 4.90-4.92 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.45- 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.95 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.85 (m, 6H).
445/447
Separated from 1763 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1764

429
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A01B02C03


 






1765

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A02B02C02


 






1766
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.49- 8.41 (m, 1H), 8.28-8.20 (m, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J = 2.5, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J = 8.7, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.21 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.08- 1.88 (m, 3H), 1.81-1.66 (m, 3H)
445/447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A02B02C01


 






1766_E1
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.44-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.20- 8.25 (m, 1H), 7.96-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1H), 3.85- 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.41 (m, 2H), 1.90- 2.05 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 3H).
445/447
Separated from 1763 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1766_E2
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.44-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.20- 8.25 (m, 1H), 7.96-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1H), 3.85- 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.41 (m, 2H), 1.90- 2.05 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 3H).
445/447
Separated from 1766 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1767
1HNMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.45 (dd, J = 2.4, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.26-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.55- 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.24 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.34 (m, 2H), 2.10- 1.87 (m, 3H), 1.83-1.61 (m, 3H)
429
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A01B02C03


 






1768
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.34 (d, J = 1.76 Hz, 1H), 8.16-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.95-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.29 (m, 1H), 5.02 (d, J = 6.27 Hz, 2H), 4.73-4.80 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.33- 3.39 (m, 1H), 1.91-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.67 (m, 1H)
459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE B A03B03C01


 






1769
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.40- 8.49 (m, 1H), 8.18-8.29 (m, 1H), 7.93-8.01 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J = 8.72, 9.98 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (t, J = 8.97 Hz, 1H), 3.34- 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.28 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.89 (m, 5H), 1.48-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.28 (s, 3H)
459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE B A04B03C01


 






1784
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.47 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (dd, J = 8.1, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.94-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.27 (t, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.27-4.18 (m, 1H), 2.94 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.18-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.70 (dd, J = 12.7, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 1.56-1.42 (m, 3H), 1.28-1.23 (m, 1H), 1.13-0.99 (m, 1H)
453/455
GENERAL PROCEDURE B A14B03C01


 






1791

437
GENERAL PROCEDURE B A14B03C03


 






1820
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.45- 8.47 (m, 1H), 8.24-8.26 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.63 (m, 3H), 3.78- 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.33 (m, 1H), 2.99-3.05 (m, 1H), 1.58- 2.03 (m, 5H).
465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A07B02C02


 






1821

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A07B02C03


 






1821_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.73 (s, 1H), 8.36-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.25-8.35 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.65-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.45- 7.55 (m, 2H), 5.54-5.56 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.41 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.98- 3.10 (m, 2H), 1.55-2.10 (m, 4H).
447
Separated from 1821 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1821_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.72 (s, 1H), 8.39-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.30-8.37 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.45- 7.55 (m, 2H), 5.39-5.41 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.70 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.07- 3.20 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.85 (m, 3H)..
447
Separated from 1821 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1822

463/465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A07B02C01


 






1822_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.70 (s, 1H), 8.38-8.41 (m, 1H), 8.26-8.37 (m, 1H), 8.03-8.06 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.43- 7.48 (m, 1H), 5.54-5.56 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.40 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.65 (m, 3H), 3.01-3.08 (m, 2H), 1.64- 1.90 (m, 4H).
463/465
Separated from 1822 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1822_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.70 (s, 1H), 8.38-8.41 (m, 1H), 8.26-8.37 (m, 1H), 8.03-8.06 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.43- 7.48 (m, 1H), 5.38-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.68-4.83 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.09- 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.85 (m, 3H).
463/465
Separated from 1822 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1829

465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B02C02


 






1829_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.81 (s, 1H), 8.38-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.25-8.35 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.74 (m, 3H), 5.09-5.29 (m, 1H), 4.25- 4.78 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.05-3.20 (m, 1H), 1.50- 1.90 (m, 4H).
465
Separated from 1821 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1829_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.82 (s, 1H), 8.40-8.43 (m, 1H), 8.25-8.35 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.74 (m, 3H), 5.09-5.25 (m, 1H), 4.40- 4.78 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.05-3.17 (m, 1H), 1.50- 1.90 (m, 4H).
465
Separated from 1821 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1830

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B02C03


 






1831
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.46- 8.48 (m, 1H), 8.23-8.28 (m, 1H), 7.97-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.62- 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.46 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.75 (m, 3H), 3.35- 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.21 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.68- 1.76 (m, 2H).
463/465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B02C01


 






1832

465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A09802C02


 






1833
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.43- 8.46 (m, 1H), 8.23-8.25 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.44- 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.31 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.53 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.72 (m, 4H), 1.73- 2.25 (m, 4H).
447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B02C03


 






1834

463/465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B02C01


 






1890
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.17- 8.34 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.27 (s, 4H), 4.08 (s., 2H), 3.22- 3.29 (m, 1H), 2.55-2.81 (m, 2H), 1.77-2.26 (m, 5H), 0.57-0.77 (m, 4H)
459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A05B02C01


 






1891
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ  8.42-8.47 (m, 1H), 8.20-8.26 (m, 1H), 7.79-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.32 (m, 1H), 3.36- 3.53 (m, 2H), 3.17-3.28 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.83 (m, 5H), 1.51-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.28 (s, 3H)
443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A05B02C03


 






1892
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ  8.43-8.47 (m, 1H), 8.19-8.27 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.53 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.52 (m, 3H), 3.19- 3.27 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.82 (m, 5H), 1.46-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.28 (s, 3H)
461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A05B02C02


 






1893
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ =  8.51-8.27 (m, 2 H), 8.03-7.98 (m, 1 H), 7.71-7.52 (m, 2 H), 7.27 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.11-3.62 (m, 7 H), 3.43-3.17 (m, 2 H).
447/449
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A13B02C01


 






1893_E1

447/449
Separated from 1893 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1893_E2

447/449
Separated from 1893 through Supercritical Fluid Chroma- tography


 






1894

431
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A13B02C03


 






1895

449
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A13B02C02


 






1896
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.51- 8.26 (m, 2 H), 8.06-7.98 (m, 1 H), 7.71-7.52 (m, 2 H), 7.27 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.26-4.17 (m, 1 H), 3.81- 3.03 (m, 8 H), 2.83 (s, 3H).
460/462
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A10B02C01


 






1897

444
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A10B02C03


 






1898
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.49- 8.21 (m, 2 H), 7.68-7.52 (m, 3 H), 4.27-4.18 (m, 1 H), 3.79-3.02 (m, 8 H), 2.78 (s, 3H).
462
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A10B02C02


 






1899

444/446
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A11B02C01


 






1900
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.47- 8.49 (m, 1 H), 8.25-8.27 (m, 1 H), 7.78-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.54 (m, 2 H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 4.14 (s, 2 H), 3.67 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.35-3.37 (m, 2 H), 1.90-2.03 (m, 2 H).
428
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A11B02C03


 






1901

446
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A11B02C02


 






1902
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.46- 8.48 (m, 1 H), 8.23-8.27 (m, 1 H), 8.00-8.02 (m, 1 H), 7.64-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.52 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.20 (s, 2 H), 3.65 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2 H), 3.57 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2 H), 2.89 (s, 3 H), 1.92- 1.96 (m, 2 H).
458/460
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A12B02C01


 






1903

442
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A12B02C03


 






1904

460
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A12B02C02


 






1907
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.40- 8.51 (m, 1H), 8.22-8.31 (m, 1H), 7.95-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.34 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.46 (s, 3H), 3.36-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.20- 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.19 (m, 1H), 1.85-2.21 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.83 ppm (m, 2H)
474/476
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A16B02C01


 






1908
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.29-8.19 (m, 1H), 8.03- 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.23 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.49- 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.29- 3.16 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.56 (m, 2H)
474/476
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A17B02C01


 






1909
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.49- 8.41 (m, 1H), 8.29-8.20 (m, 1H), 8.03-7.94 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.31- 7.22 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.09 (m, 2H), 2.08- 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.63 (m, 2H)
460/462
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A18B02C01


 






1910
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.38 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.08-8.04 (m, 1H), 8.00-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.67- 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 3.96-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.35 (m, 4H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.10-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.85-1.65 (m, 3H)
441/443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A02B04C01


 






1911
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.39- 8.36 (m, 1H), 8.09-8.04 (m, 1H), 8.01-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.30- 7.24 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.35 (m, 4H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.10-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.85-1.65 (m, 3H)
425
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A02B04C03


 






1912

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A02B04C02


 






1913

441
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A01B04C01


 






1914

425
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A01B04C03


 






1915

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A01B04C02


 






1917

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A02B05C03


 






1918

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A02B05C02


 






1921

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A01B05C02


 






1928

427/429
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A02B01C01


 






1929
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.38 (s, 1 H), 8.21 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.95-8.08 (m, 2 H), 7.77 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.61-7.69 (m, 1 H), 7.28 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.85-3.94 (m, 1 H), 3.69 (dd, J = 4.5, 14.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.54 (td, J = 6.5, 13.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.09-3.20 (m, 1 H), 2.96 (dd, J =  8.3, 14.0 Hz, 1 H), 1.43-2.03 (m, 6 H).
427/429
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A01B01C01


 






1932

459/561
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A06B02C01


 






1938
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.44 (dd, J = 2.3, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.25- 8.23 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.23 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.32- 3.26 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.94 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.62 (m, 5H), 1.26 (s, 3H)
443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A06B02C03


 






1944

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A06B02C02


 






1934_D1

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A30B02C01


 






1934_D2
NMR
459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A30B02C01


 






1940_D1
NMR
443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A30B02C03


 






1940_D2

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A30B02C03


 






1946_D1

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A30B02C02


 






1946_D2

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A30B02C02


 






2041

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A30B02C01


 






2042

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A31B02C03


 






2043

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A31B02C02


 






_1935_D1

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A32B02C01


 






_1935_D2

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A32B02C01


 






_1941_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.48 (dd, J = 6.65, 2.13 Hz, 1 H), 8.26 (d, J = 2.51 Hz, 1 H), 7.81 (ddd, J =  12.49, 7.34, 2.26 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (t,  J = 9.29 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 (d, J = 9.03 Hz, 1 H), 7.26-7.36 (m, 1 H), 4.06- 4.17 (m, 1 H), 3.83 (d, J = 15.81 Hz, 1 H), 3.56-3.66 (m, 1 H), 3.08- 3.18 (m, 1 H), 1.84-2.07 (m, 3 H), 1.29-1.62 (m, 3 H), 0.91 (d, J =  6.27 Hz, 3 H).
443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A32B02C03


 






_1941_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.49 (dd, J = 6.78, 2.26 Hz, 1 H), 8.20- 8.29 (m, 1 H), 7.84 (ddd, J = 12.74, 7.34, 2.51 Hz, 1 H), 7.41-7.57 (m, 2 H), 7.25-7.34 (m, 1 H), 3.98- 4.14 (m, 2 H), 3.74 (d, J = 15.31 Hz, 1 H), 3.38 (d, J = 4.77 Hz, 1 H), 1.87-1.99 (m, 2 H), 1.61-1.84 (m, 4 H), 0.92 (d,1 = 6.27 Hz, 3 H).
443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A32B02C03


 






_1947_D1

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A32B02C02


 






_1947_D2

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A32B02C02


 






_2065_D1

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A33B02C01


 






_2065_D2

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A33B02C01


 






_2066_D1

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A33B02C03


 






_2066_D2

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A33B02C03


 






_2067_D1

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A33B02C02


 






_2067_D2

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A33B02C02


 






1950_D1

475/477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A21B02C01


 






1950_D2

475/477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A21B02C01


 






1951_D1

459
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A21B02C03


 






1951_D2

459
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A21B02C03


 






1952_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.45-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.24- 8.26 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.55 (m, 1H), 3.80- 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.55 (m, 7H), 2.26-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.70- 1.84 (m, 2H).
477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A21B02C02


 






1952_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.45-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.23- 8.26 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.54 (m, 1H), 4.02- 4.07 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.39 (m, 5H), 1.96-2.18 (m, 3H), 1.75- 1.79 (m, 1H).
477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A21B02C02


 






1956_D1

475/477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A21B02C01


 






1956_D2

475/477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A21B02C01


 






1957_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.47-8.49 (m, 1H), 8.25- 8.27 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.27- 7.31 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.64 (m, 4H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.06-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.61 (m, 2H).
459
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A20B02C03


 






1957_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.46-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.24- 8.27 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.27- 7.33 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.92 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 2.99-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.91 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.77- 1.84 (m, 3H).
459
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A20B02C03


 






1958_D1

477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A20B02C02


 






1958_D2

477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A20B02C02


 






1959
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.45 (dd, J = 2.3, 6.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.25 (ddd, J = 2.4, 4.6, 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (dd,  J = 2.6, 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (ddd, J =  2.6, 4.2, 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (dd, J =  8.7, 9.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.77-3.68 (m, 1 H), 3.64- 3.49 (m, 2 H), 3.44-3.37 (m, 5 H), 3.27-3.20 (m, 1 H), 2.10 (tdd, J =  2.9, 7.6, 15.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.05-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.84-1.70 (m, 2 H)
475/477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A15B02C01


 






1960

459
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A15B02C03


 






1961

477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A15B02C02


 






1971

458
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A16B02C03


 






1972

458
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A17B02C03


 






1973

476
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A16B02C02


 






1974

476
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A17B02C02


 






1975

431
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A13B01C02


 






1976

413
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A13B01C03


 






1977
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.40 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.10-8.05 (m, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J = 2.6, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.28 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.06-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.59 (m, 4H), 3.27 (ddd, J = 3.6, 8.2, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J = 7.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H)
429/431
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A13B01C01


 






1978

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A13B06C02


 






1979
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.50 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (ddd, J = 2.5, 7.4, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 4.06-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.74- 3.64 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.13 (dd, J = 7.5, 14.6 Hz, 1H)
443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A13B06C03


 






1980
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.50 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J = 2.6, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 4.05- 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.13 (dd, J = 7.6, 14.5 Hz, 1H)
459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A13B06C01


 






1981

463
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A13B05C02


 






1982
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.41-8.50 (m, 1H), 8.20-8.28 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.40- 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.34 (m, 1H), 5.90-5.99 (m, 1H), 5.76-5.85 (m, 1H), 3.99-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.38- 3.47 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.36 (m, 1H)
445
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A13B05C03


 






1984

463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A35B02C02


 






1985

445
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A35B02C03


 






1986

461/463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A35B02C01


 






1987

489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A36B02C02


 






1988

471
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A36B02C03


 






1989

487/489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A36B02C01


 






2002

445
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A53B05C02


 






2003

427
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A53B05C03


 






2004

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A53B05C01


 






2005

479
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A07B05C02


 






2006

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A07B05C03


 






2008
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.34-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.16-8.28 (m, 1H), 7.84-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.53- 7.69 (m, 2H), 5.88-5.94 (m, 1H), 5.77-5.82 (m, 1H), 4.77-4.82 (m, 1H), 4.64-4.71 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.49 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.37 (m, 1H), 3.99- 4.10 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.83 (m, 5H), 3.17-3.28 (m, 1H), 1.82-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 2H)
479
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A08B05C02


 






2009

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A08B05C03


 






2010
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.36-8.42 (m, 1H), 8.21-8.27 (m, 1H), 7.95-8.01 (m, 1H), 7.86- 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 5.88-5.95 (m, 1H), 5.75-5.82 (m, 1H), 4.77-4.82 (m, 1H), 4.65-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.49 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.97- 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.83 (m, 3H), 3.34-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.28 (m, 1H), 1.80-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 2H)
477
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A08B05C01


 






2011
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.34-8.41 (m, 1H), 8.19-8.25 (m, 1H), 7.86-7.94 (m, 1H), 7.56- 7.67 (m, 2H), 5.90 (s, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 4.71-4.78 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.37-4.46 (m, 1H), 4.04- 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.46 (s, 4H), 1.93-2.29 (m, 3H), 1.73-1.92 (m, 1H)
447
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A09B05C02


 






2012

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A08B05C03


 






1821_Trans
1HNMR (MeOD-d4, 400 MHz) 8.47 (dd, J = 6.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.24-8.28 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.41- 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.34 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.50 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.91 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.59 (m, 1H), 3.07- 3.26 (m, 2H), 1.63-2.16 (m, 4H)
447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A07_transB02C03


 






1821_Cis

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A07_CisB02C03


 






2007_Trans

477/479
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A07_transB05C01


 






2007_Cis
1HNMR (MeOD-d4, 400 MHz) 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.25 (dd, J = 8.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J = 6.7, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61- 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.30 (m, 1H), 5.75-6.00 (m, 2H), 3.90-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.36 (s, 1H), 3.30 (s, 1H), 3.18-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.31 (m, 1H), 1.69- 2.06 (m, 3H)
477/479
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A07_CisB05C01


 






2008_Trans
1HNMR (MeOD-d4, 400 MHz) 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.25 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.57- 7.68 (m, 2H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 5.81 (s, 1H), 4.29-4.52 (m, 1H), 3.60- 3.85 (m, 3H), 3.36-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.32 (m, 1H), 1.62-2.03 (m, 4H)
479
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08_transB05C02


 






2008_Cis
1HNMR (MeOD-d4, 400 MHz) 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.25 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.71 (m, 2H), 5.75-5.98 (m, 2H), 4.66-4.85 (m, 1H), 4.00- 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.79 (m, 3H), 3.22-3.29 (m, 1H), 1.86-2.13 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.81 (m, 2H)
479
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08_CisB05C02


 






2010_Trans

477/479
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08_transB05C01


 






2010_Cis

477/479
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08_CisB05C01


 






2013_Cis
1HNMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ = 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J = 2.5, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.26 (t, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (s, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 4.86- 4.71 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.34 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 2H), 2.31-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.15- 1.83 (m, 3H)
477/479
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A08_cisB05C01


 






2013_Trans
1HNMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ = 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J = 2.5, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.26 (t, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (s, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H), 4.56- 4.38 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.33 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.09-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.85- 1.74 (m, 1H)
477/479
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A08_transB05C01


 






2018
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.62 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.04- 8.07 (m, 2H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.72- 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 1H), 4.57-4.58 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.17- 3.20 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 1.49- 1.82 (m, 6H).
441/443
GENERAL PROCEDURE E A02B07C01


 






2020

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE E A02B07C02


 






2021
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.73-10.69 (m, 1H), 8.43-8.38 (m, 1H), 8.34-8.28 (m, 1H), 8.08- 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.42 (m, 1H), 5.28-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.95-4.88 (m, 1H), 3.95- 3.84 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.17-3.09 (m, 2H), 2.02 (s, 4H), 1.81-1.53 (m, 3H)
503/505
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A54B02C01


 






2022
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.82-10.68 (m, 1H), 8.42-8.35 (m, 1H), 8.34-8.28 (m, 1H), 8.08- 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.42 (m, 1H), 5.11-4.79 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.57- 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 1.95-1.54 (m, 4H)
503/505
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A55B02C01


 






2023
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.71-10.68 (m, 1H), 8.41-8.37 (m, 1H), 8.34-8.28 (m, 1H), 8.08- 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.74-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.43 (m, 1H), 5.09-5.00 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.42- 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 2.01-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.91-1.67 (m, 2H)
545/546
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A56B02C01


 






2024
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.81 (s, 1H), 8.37-8.39 (m, 1H), 8.27-8.30 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.74 (m, 3H), 4.86-4.90 (m, 1H), 3.53- 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.65- 1.75 (m, 4H), 1.45-1.55 (m, 4H).
489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A56B02C02


 






2025
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.71 (s, 1H), 8.40-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.27-8.35 (m, 1H), 8.00-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.65-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.43- 7.48 (m, 1H), 4.87-4.90 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.30- 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.25 (m, 1H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.45-1.90 (m, 6H).
487/489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A56B02C01


 






2026

487/489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A57B02C01


 






2033
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.53-8.61 (m, 1H), 8.39-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.25-8.33 (m, 1H), 7.95- 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.34 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.59 (m, 4H), 1.78-2.05 (m, 3H), 1.54-1.77 (m, 3H)
467/469
GENERAL PROCEDURE G A02B08C01


 






2044
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ =  10.70 (s, 1H), 8.40-8.43 (m, 1H), 8.27-8.35 (m, 1H), 8.04-8.06 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.43- 7.48 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.49 (m, 2H), 2.50- 2.62 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.78 (m, 2H).
443/445
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A58B02C01


 






2081
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.48 (d, J = 2.01 Hz, 1 H), 8.23 (dd, J =  8.66, 2.13 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (dd, J =  6.78, 2.51 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (d, J =  8.78 Hz, 1 H), 7.59-7.65 (m, 1 H), 7.27 (t, J = 8.91 Hz, 1 H), 4.07- 4.13 (m, 1 H), 4.03 (t, J = 6.53 Hz, 1 H), 3.77-3.97 (m, 4 H), 3.61- 3.73 (m, 2 H), 3.21-3.30 (m, 1 H), 3.11 (dd, J = 14.56, 7.53 Hz, 1 H), 0.84-1.04 (m, 4 H).
485/487
GENERAL PROCEDURE C A13B09C01


 






2082

487
GENERAL PROCEDURE C A13B09C02


 






2083

469
GENERAL PROCEDURE C A13B09C03


 






2205
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.32 (s, 1 H), 8.24 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J =  8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.64-7.65 (m, 1 H), 7.27 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.57-4.73  (m, 2 H), 3.95-3.96 (m, 1 H), 3.56- 3.62 (m, 2 H), 3.00-3.15 (m, 2 H), 2.85-2.93 (m, 2 H), 1.31-1.85 (m, 6 H).
473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE D A02B12C01


 






2206

475
GENERAL PROCEDURE D A02B12C02


 






2207
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.44-8.34 (m, 1H), 8.29- 8.21 (m, 1H), 8.10-8.06 (m, 1H), 8.03-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.24 (m, 1H), 5.71- 5.63 (m, 1H), 5.58-5.50 (m, 1H), 4.07-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.58 (m, 5H), 3.31- 3.24 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.13 (m, 1H)
459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A02B10C01


 






2208
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.37-8.32 (m, 1H), 8.28- 8.22 (m, 1H), 8.08-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.72-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.22 (m, 1H), 5.67-5.62 (m, 1H), 5.56- 5.51 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.25 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.59 (m, 6H)
461/463
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A13B10C01


 






2113

455
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A06B06C03


 






2114_D1

475/477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B06C01


 






2114_D2

475/477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B06C01


 






2115_D1

477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B06C02


 






2115_D2

477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B06C02


 






2116_D1

459
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B06C03


 






2116_D2

459
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A08B06C03


 






2117

447/449
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A03B02C01


 






2118
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.45-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.24- 8.27 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.53 (m, 1H), 4.70- 4.90 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.35 (m, 1H), 1.75-2.05 (m, 5H), 1.55- 1.65 (m, 1H).
449
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A03B02C02


 






2119

431
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A03B02C03


 






2120

465/467
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A19B02C01


 






2121
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.46-8.49 (m, 1H), 8.27- 8.29 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.64 (m, 3H), 3.82-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.33- 3.42 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.78 (m, 2H).
467
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A03B02C02


 






2122

449
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A03B02C03


 






2123

447/449
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A04802C01


 






2124

449
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A04B02C02


 






2125

431
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A04B02C03


 






2126

465/467
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A60B02C01


 






2127
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.50-8.41 (m, 1H), 8.30- 8.21 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.42 (m, 3H), 3.56-3.43 (m, 4H), 2.44-2.10 (m, 4H), 2.02-1.80 (m, 2H)
467
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A60B02C02


 






2128
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.52-8.41 (m, 1H), 8.31- 8.20 (m, 1H), 7.90-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.20 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.44 (m, 4H), 2.34- 2.10 (m, 4H), 1.98-1.85 (m, 2H)
449
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A60B02C03


 






2129

449/451
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A60B02C01


 






2130

451
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A60B02C02


 






2131

433
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A60B02C03


 






2132

467
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A61B02C01


 






2133
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ ppm 3.50-3.61 (m, 2 H) 3.86-4.10 (m, 6 H) 7.49-7.68 (m, 3 H) 8.26-8.34 (m, 1 H) 8.46- 8.54 (m, 1 H)
469
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A61B02C02


 






2134
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.53-8.47 (m, 1H), 8.34- 8.26 (m, 1H), 7.91-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.24 (m, 1H), 4.08- 3.89 (m, 6H), 3.59-3.51 (m, 2H)
451
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A61B02C03


 






2179
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.52-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.26- 8.18 (m, 1H), 8.01-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.65-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 1H), 5.01- 4.94 (m, 1H), 4.88-4.80 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.07 (m, 4H), 4.04-3.88 (m, 3H), 3.71-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.52- 3.40 (m, 1H)
461/463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A60B06C01


 






2180

463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A60B06C02


 






2181
\
445
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A60B06C03


 






2182

479/481
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A61B06C01


 






2492
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.48 (dd, J = 6.78, 2.26 Hz, 1 H), 8.24 (ddd, J = 8.60, 4.58, 2.38 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (dd, J = 6.53, 2.51 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (ddd, J = 8.91, 4.14, 2.51 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (dd, J = 9.79, 8.78 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (t, J = 9.03 Hz, 1 H), 4.28 (dd, J = 15.18, 5.90 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (d, J = 13.30 Hz, 1 H), 3.89 (t, J =  9.54 Hz, 1 H), 2.57 (dd, J = 13.18, 9.91 Hz, 1 H), 2.37-2.50 (m, 2 H), 1.25-1.36 (m, 2 H), 0.83-1.01 (m, 2 H), 0.37 (q, J = 5.02 Hz, 1 H).
457/459
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A25B02C01


 






2493
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD)δ 8.41 (s, 1 H), 8.22 (d, J = 6.78 Hz, 1 H), 7.94-8.02 (m, 1 H), 7.83-7.92 (m, 1 H), 7.59-7.68 (m, 1 H), 7.20- 7.30 (m, 1 H), 5.85-5.94 (m, 1 H), 5.73-5.82 (m, 1 H), 4.25 (dd,  J = 15.06, 5.52 Hz, 1 H), 3.81-3.97 (m, 2 H), 2.50-2.70 (m, 2 H), 2.42 (dd, J = 14.18, 6.15 Hz, 1 H), 1.29- 1.38 (m, 2 H), 0.84-1.03 (m, 2 H), 0.37 (d, J = 4.52 Hz, 1 H).
471/473
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A25B005C01


 






2495

475/477
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A35B05C01


 






2496
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.49- 8.41 (m, 1H), 8.28-8.20 (m, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J = 2.5, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J = 8.7, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.21 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.08- 1.88 (m, 3H), 1.81-1.66 (m, 3H)
477
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A25B02C02


 






2498
1HNMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.45 (dd, J = 2.4, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.26-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.55- 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.24 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.34 (m, 2H), 2.10- 1.87 (m, 3H), 1.83-1.61 (m, 3H)
493/495
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A34B05C01


 






2499
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.34 (d, J = 1.76 Hz, 1H), 8.16-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.95-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.29 (m, 1H), 5.02 (d, J = 6.27 Hz, 2H), 4.73-4.80 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.33- 3.39 (m, 1H), 1.91-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.67 (m, 1H)
495/517
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A34B05C02


 






2500
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.40- 8.49 (m, 1H), 8.18-8.29 (m, 1H), 7.93-8.01 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J = 8.72, 9.98 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (t, J = 8.97 Hz, 1H), 3.34- 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.28 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.89 (m, 5H), 1.48-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.28 (s, 3H)
477
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A34B05C03


 






2501

519/521
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A62B05C01


 






2502
1HNMR(MeOD-d4, 400 MHz) 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.71 (m, 2H), 5.77-6.00 (m, 2H), 3.41- 3.93 (m, 10H), 3.33-3.36 (m, 3H), 1.83 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H)
521
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A62B05C02


 






2503

503
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A62B05C03


 






2510

479/451
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A34B02C01


 






2511

481
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A34B02C02


 






2512
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.45- 8.47 (m, 1H), 8.24-8.26 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.63 (m, 3H), 3.78- 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.33 (m, 1H), 2.99-3.05 (m, 1H), 1.58- 2.03 (m, 5H).
463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A34B02C03


 






2513

505/507
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A62B02C01


 






2514

507
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A62B02C02


 






2515

489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A62B02C03


 






2504
1HNMR (MeOD-d4, 400 MHz) δ 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J = 6.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.28 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.79-6.03 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.98 (m, 8H), 0.94- 1.08 (m, 1H), 0.24-0.51 (m, 4H)
501/503
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A36B05C01


 






2505

503
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A36B05C02


 






2506

485
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A36B05C03


 






2547

441
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A25B02C03


 






2548
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.47 (dd, J = 6.53, 2.01 Hz, 1 H), 8.23 (ddd, J = 8.47, 4.45, 2.38 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (dd, J = 9.91, 6.40 Hz, 2 H), 7.49 (t, J = 9.29 Hz, 1 H), 4.27 (dd, J = 15.18, 5.90 Hz, 1 H), 4.06 (d, J =  12.05 Hz, 1 H), 3.82-3.93 (m, 1 H), 2.57 (dd, J = 13.05, 10.04 Hz, 1 H), 2.35-2.50 (m, 2 H), 1.25-1.36 (m, 2 H), 0.84-1.00 (m, 2 H), 0.36 (q, J = 4.77 Hz, 1 H).
459
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A25B02C02


 






2549

455
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A25B05C03


 






2550

473
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A25B05C02


 






1930

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A24B02C01


 






1936
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.37-8.53 (m, 1H), 8.12-8.28 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.37- 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.33 (m, 1H), 4.25 (d, J = 6.65 Hz, 1H), 3.93-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 1H), 3.34-3.52 (m, 1H), 2.69-3.17 (m, 1H), 1.47- 2.01 (m, 5H), 1.12 (d, J = 6.90 Hz, 2H), 0.88-1.03 (m, 1H)
443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A24B02C03


 






1942

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A24B02C02


 






1931_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.39-8.49 (m, 1H), 8.18-8.28 (m, 1H), 7.92-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.57- 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.33 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.97- 3.08 (m, 1H), 1.86-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.83 (m, 3H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.90 Hz, 3H)
459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A24B02C01


 






1931_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.40-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.18-8.26 (m, 1H), 7.93-8.00 (m, 1H), 7.58- 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.29 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.93 (m,  1H), 3.47-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.26 (m, 2H), 1.87- 2.06 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 2H), 0.93-1.03 (m, 3H)
459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A22B02C01


 






1937_D1

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A22B02C03


 






1937_D2

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A22B02C03


 






1943_D1

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A22B02C02


 






1943_D2

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A22B02C02


 






1933

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A23B02C01


 






1939

443
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A23B02C03


 






1945
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.39-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.18-8.25 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.44- 7.52 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.57 (m, 4H), 1.79-1.98 (m, 4H), 1.55-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.02-1.09 (m, 3H)
461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A23B02C02


 






2096_D1

473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A64B06C01


 






2096_D2

473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A64B06C01


 






2097_D1

475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A64B06C02


 






2097_D2

475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A64B06C02


 






2098_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.45-8.52 (m, 1H), 8.16-8.25 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.90 (m, 1H), 7.39- 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 1H), 4.05 (s, 4H), 3.87-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.52 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.96 (m, 1H), 1.13 (d, J = 6.40 Hz, 3H)
457
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A64B06C03


 






2098_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.43-8.51 (m, 1H), 8.16-8.25 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.39- 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 4H), 3.88-4.02 (m, 3H), 3.80-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.75 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.80 (m, 1H), 1.14 (d, J = 6.27 Hz, 3H)
457
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A64B06C03


 






1835_D1

465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A28B02C02


 






1835_D2

465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A28B02C02


 






1836_D1

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A28B02C03


 






1836_D2

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A28B02C03


 






1837_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.42-8.49 (m, 1H), 8.21-8.30 (m, 1H), 7.91-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.58- 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.77 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.24- 3.30 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.43 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.93 (m, 1H)
463/465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A28B02C01


 






1837_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.41-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.20-8.29 (m, 1H), 7.93-8.00 (m, 1H), 7.58- 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.30 (m, 1H), 4.97-5.08 (m, 1H), 4.54-4.71 (m, 1H), 4.07-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.39- 3.54 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.38 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.32 (m, 3H), 1.67-1.86 (m, 1H)
463/465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A28B02C01


 






2093

473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B06C01


 






2094
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.52-8.54 (m, 1H), 8.19-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.34- 7.37 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.07 (s, 1H), 3.79-3.92 (m, 4H), 3.58-3.63 (m, 2.5H), 3.14-3.50 (m, 0.5H), 0.97-1.00 (m, 3H)
475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B06C02


 






2095

457
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B06C03


 






1826_D1

465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A26B02C02


 






1826_D2

465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A26B02C02


 






1827_D1

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A26B02C03


 






1827_D2

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A26B02C03


 






1828_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.48-8.50 (m, 1H), 8.26-8.29 (m, 1H), 7.98-8.00 (m, 1H), 7.63- 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.30 (m, 1H), 4.76-4.88 (m, 1H), 4.01-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.46- 3.50 (m, 1H), 2.96-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.18 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.60 (m, 1H)
463/465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A26B02C01


 






1828_D2

463/465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A26B02C01


 






1823

465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A27B02C02


 






1824

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A27B02C03


 






1825

463/465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A27B02C01


 






2434
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ 8.40-8.44 (m, 1H), 8.24-8.26 (m, 1H), 8.00-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.90- 7.92 (m, 1H), 7.64-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.30 (m, 1H), 5.82-5.98 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.98 (m, 3H), 3.56-3.61 m, 1H), 3.28-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.00- 3.06 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.87 (m, 3H), 1.55-1.56 (m, 1H)
475/477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A68B05C01


 






2027

489/491
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A37B02C01


 






2028

473
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A37B02C03


 






2029

491
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A37B02C02


 






2014

445/447
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A02B11C01


 






2016

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A02B11C02


 






2049

429/431
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A53B11C01


 






2053

445/447
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A01B11C01


 






2054

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A05B11C01


 






2055

447/449
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A13B11C01


 






2056

461/463
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A35B11C01


 






2057

447
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A02B11C02


 






2061
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 6.4, 10.0 Hz, 2H), 3.95- 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.67 (dd, J = 4.6, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (td, J = 6.4, 13.3 Hz, 1H), 3.24-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.00 (dd, J = 8.2, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 1.97 (ddd, J = 4.4, 8.1, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.91-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.64-1.46 (m, 2H)
447
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A02B11C03


 






2062

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A05B11C02


 






2063
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.01 (td, J = 2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (td, J = 1.9, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 6.5, 10.0 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (dd, J = 5.1, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.94-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.80- 3.57 (m, 4H), 3.32-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.21 (dd, J = 7.2, 14.2 Hz, 1H)
449
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A13B11C02


 






2064

463
GENERAL PROCEDURE F A35B11C02


 






2045
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.47 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (br. s., 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (dd, J = 4.7, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.51-3.39 (m, 4H), 3.14 (dd, J = 8.8, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 1.98-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.42- 1.30 (m, 1H)
459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A50B02C01


 






2046_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.46 (dd, J = 2.4, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (ddd, J = 2.4, 4.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J = 2.6, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.27 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.76- 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.60 (dd, J = 4.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 3.52-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J = 10.2, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 1.95- 1.84 (m, 3H), 1.82-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.68 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 1.55-1.43 (m, 3H), 1.16 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H)
473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A51B02C01


 






2046_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.47 (dd, J = 2.3, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (ddd, J = 2.4, 4.6, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J = 2.6, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J = 8.8, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.71-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.44- 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.21 (dd, J = 9.1, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 1.95-1.79 (m, 3H), 1.78- 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.35 (m, 1H), 1.18 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H)
473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A51B02C01


 






2076

447/449
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A67B02C01


 






2077
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.48 (dd, J = 2.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.30-8.23 (m, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J = 2.5, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (td, J = 3.3, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (t, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.29-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.99 (td, J = 4.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (dd, J = 5.5, 14.9 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (dd, J = 8.1, 15.1 Hz, 2H), 3.04 (dd, J = 4.3, 15.1 Hz, 1H), 2.89- 2.76 (m, 3H)
463/465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A43B02C01


 






2159

461/463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A38B02C01


 






2160

475/477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A39B02C01


 






2161

487/489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A42B02C01


 






2162

491/493
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A41B02C01


 






2163

505/507
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A40B02C01


 






2164

473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A38B06C01


 






2165

475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A38B06C02


 






2166

457
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A38B06C03


 






2167

487/489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A39B06C01


 






2168

489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A39B06C02


 






2169

471
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A39B06C03


 






2173

503/505
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A41B06C01


 






2174

505
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A41B06C02


 






2175

487
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A41B06C03


 






2176

517/519
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A40B06C01


 






2177

519
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A40B06C02


 






2178

501
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A40B06C03


 






2197

481/483
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A45B02C01


 






2198
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.47 (dd, J = 2.4, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (ddd, J = 2.4, 4.6, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (ddd, J = 2.6, 7.4, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.34- 7.23 (m, 1H), 4.05-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.20 (ddd, J = 5.8, 7.7, 13.3 Hz, 1H), 2.07-1.76 (m, 4H)
465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A45B02C03


 






2199
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.46 (dd, J = 2.4, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (ddd, J = 2.4, 4.6, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 6.4, 10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (dd, J = 8.7, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.05- 3.88 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.19 (ddd, J = 5.8, 7.6, 13.3 Hz, 1H), 2.10-1.74 (m, 4H)
483
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A45B02C02


 






2200
1HNMR (400 MHz, METHANOL) δ =  8.44 (dd, J = 2.3, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (m, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J = 2.5, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.49 (t, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (t, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.62- 3.47 (m, 4H), 2.49-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.87 (m, 2H)
481/483
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A44B02C01


 






2201
1HNMR (400 MHz, METHANOL) δ = 8.44 (dd, J = 2.1, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.28-8.20 (m, 1H), 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.20 (m,  1H), 3.99 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (br. s., 4H), 2.46-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.06-1.92 (m, 2H)
465/467
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A44B02C03


 






2202

483/485
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A44B02C02


 






2221
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.27 (dd, J = 1.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J = 2.6, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (ddd, J = 2.6, 4.1, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (s, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H), 4.04-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.86-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.23 (ddd, J = 5.8, 7.7, 13.4 Hz, 1H), 2.10-1.72 (m, 4H)
495/497
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A45B05C01


 






2222

479
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A45B05C03


 






2223

497
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A45B05C02


 






2224
1HNMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ = 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J = 2.5, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.26 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (s, 1H), 5.81 (s, 1H), 4.05- 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.45 (m, 4H), 2.45-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.90 (m, 2H)
495/497
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A44B05C01


 






2225

479/481
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A44B05C03


 






2226

497/499
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A44B05C02


 






2421

473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A46B02C01


 






2422

475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A46B02C02


 






2425
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) δ = 8.43 (dd, J = 2.3, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (ddd, J = 2.4, 4.6, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J = 2.6, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (t, J = 9.0  Hz, 1H), 3.58-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.45- 3.34 (m, 4H), 2.03-1.94 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.50 (ddd, J = 4.6, 8.0, 15.3 Hz, 1H), 1.01 (d, J = 19.1 Hz, 6H)
473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A47B02C01


 






2426

475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A47B02C02


 






2427

487/489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A47B05C01


 






2428

489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A47B05C02


 






2529

475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A48B02C02


 






2530

473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A48B02C01


 






2531

489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A48B05C02


 






2532

487/489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A48B05C01


 






2537_D1

463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B02C02


 






2537_D2

463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B02C02


 






2538_D1

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B02C01


 






2538_D2

461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B02C01


 






2539_D1

477/499
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B05C02


 






2539_D2

477/499
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B05C02


 






2540_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.56 (S, 1H), 8.26-8.24 (dd, 1H), 8.00- 7.97 (dd, 1H), 7.91-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.24 (t, 1H), 5.93-5.92 (m, 1H), 5.81-5.80 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.14 (m, 1H), 3.97- 3.91 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.23 (m, 1H), 1.04-1.03 (d, 3H).
475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B05C01


 






2540_D2

475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A65B05C01


 






2541
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.52- 8.50 (dd, 1H), 8.25-8.23 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.50- 7.47 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.89 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.47 (m, 4H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H).
477
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A66B02C02


 






2542
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.53- 8.51 (dd, 1H), 8.25-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.96-7.94 (m, 1H), 7.63- 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.45 (t, 1H), 7.26-7.22 (t, 1H), 3.99-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.45 (m, 4H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H).
475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A66B02C01


 






2543
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.43- 8.46 (m, 1H), 8.23-8.25 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.44- 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.31 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.53 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.72 (m, 4H), 1.73- 2.25 (m, 4H).
447
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A66B05C02


 






2544

463/465
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A66B05C01


 






2545

475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A49B02C02


 






2546

473/475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A49B02C01


 






2535

489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A49B05C02


 






2536

487/489
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A49B05C01


 






2494_D1

489/491
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A51B02C01


 






2494_D2

489/491
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A51B02C01


 






2433_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) ppm 10.69 (s, 1 H) 8.38 (dd, J = 6.78, 2.26 Hz, 1 H), 8.30 (ddd, J = 8.66, 4.64, 2.26 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (dd, J = 6.84, 2.57 Hz, 1 H), 7.65-7.73 (m, 2 H), 7.44 (t, J = 9.16 Hz, 1 H),  4.93 (d, J = 4.27 Hz, 2 H), 3.68- 3.82 (m, 4 H), 2.66-2.75 (m, 2 H), 1.67 (br. s., 4 H).
461/463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A68B02C01 Separated by Pre-HPLC for mixture


 






2433_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) ppm 10.69 (s, 1 H), 8.38 (dd, J = 6.78, 2.26 Hz, 1 H), 8.30 (ddd, J = 8.66, 4.64, 2.26 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (dd, J = 6.84, 2.57 Hz, 1 H), 7.65-7.73 (m, 2 H), 7.44 (t, J = 9.16 Hz, 1 H), 4.93 (d, J = 4.27 Hz, 2 H), 3.68-  3.82 (m, 4 H), 2.66-2.75 (m, 2 H), 1.67 (br, 4 H).
461/463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A68B02C01 Separated by Pre-HPLC for mixture in the first synthesis; Made from A68_Cis in the second run.


 






2617_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) ppm 8.45 (dd, J = 6.59, 2.32 Hz, 1 H), 8.24 (ddd, J = 8.66, 4.64, 2.38 Hz, 1 H), 7.55-7.64 (m, 2 H), 7.50 (dd, J = 10.04, 8.66 Hz, 1 H), 3.92- 4.01 (m, 2 H), 3.87 (dd, J = 14.31, 5.90 Hz, 2 H), 2.84 (dd, J = 13.80, 8.41 Hz, 2 H), 1.80-1.91 (m, 4 H),
463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A68B02C02 Made from A68_Trans


 






2617_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) ppm 8.45 (dd, J = 6.59, 2.32 Hz, 1 H), 8.24 (ddd, J = 8.66, 4.64, 2.38 Hz, 1 H), 7.55-7.64 (m, 2 H), 7.50 (dd, J = 10.04, 8.66 Hz, 1 H), 3.92- 4.01 (m, 2 H), 3.87 (dd, J = 14.31, 5.90 Hz, 2 H), 2.84 (dd, J = 13.80, 8.41 Hz, 2 H), 1.80-1.91 (m, 4 H),
463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A68B02C02 Made from A68_Cis


 






2619_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) ppm 10.69 (s, 1 H) 8.38 (dd, J = 6.78, 2.26 Hz, 1 H) 8.27-8.34 (m, 1 H) 8.04 (dd, J = 6.90, 2.51 Hz, 1 H) 7.66-7.74 (m, 2 H) 7.44 (t, J = 9.10 Hz, 1 H) 4.99 (d, J = 4.27 Hz, 1 H) 4.90 (br. s., 1 H) 3.67-3.80 (m, 2 H) 3.59 (dd, J = 13.80, 5.27 Hz, 1 H) 3.20 (dd, J = 14.68, 7.03 Hz, 1 H) 2.94 (dd, J = 13.80, 8.03 Hz, 1 H) 1.81-1.93 (m, 1 H) 1.66-1.78 (m, 3 H)
503/505
GENERAL PROCEDURE H A67B02C01 Made from 2433_D2


 






2618_D1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) ppm 10.82 (s, 1 H), 8.37 (dd, J = 6.65, 2.26 Hz, 1 H), 8.30 (ddd, J = 8.56, 4.61, 2.38 Hz, 1 H), 7.65-7.75 (m, 3 H), 4.96 (d, J = 4.14 Hz, 1 H), 4.85 (dd, J = 7.15, 4.02 Hz, 1 H), 3.81 (br, 1 H), 3.72 (dd, J = 14.87, 3.70 Hz, 1 H), 3.61 (dd, J = 13.87, 5.33 Hz, 1 H), 3.40 (dd, J = 15.12, 3.95 Hz, 1 H), 2.79 (dd, J = 14.05, 8.16 Hz, 1 H), 1.86-2.04 (m, 5 H), 1.41-1.62 (m, 2 H).
505
GENERAL PROCEDURE H A67B02C02 Made from 2617_D1


 






2618_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL- d4) ppm 8.45 (dd, J = 6.65, 2.26 Hz, 1 H), 8.24 (ddd, J = 8.66, 4.64, 2.38 Hz, 1 H), 7.54-7.64 (m, 2 H) 7.50 (dd, J = 9.91, 8.78 Hz, 1 H), 4.99- 5.08 (m, 1 H), 3.88-3.97 (m, 1 H) 3.76 (td, J = 15.25, 5.40 Hz, 2 H), 3.27 (d, J = 6.65 Hz, 1 H), 3.05 (dd, J = 14.18, 7.78 Hz, 1 H), 1.95-2.08 (m, 4 H), 1.80-1.92 (m, 3 H).
505
GENERAL PROCEDURE H A67B02C02 Made from 2617_D2


 






1916

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A02B05C01


 






1819

459/461
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A02B05C01


 






1829-2

475
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A06B05C02


 






1983

461/463
GENERAL PROCEDURE A A13B05C01


 






2625_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) ppm 10.80 (s, 1 H) 8.26-8.37 (m, 2 H) 7.65- 7.76 (m, 3 H) 4.89 (d, J = 3.89 Hz, 2 H) 3.54-3.63(m, 2 H) 3.43-3.51(m, 2 H) 1.86-2.04 (m, 8 H) 1.73-1.85 (m, 2 H)
  547.1
GENERAL PROCEDURE H A68B02C02 Made from 2617_D2


 






2626_D2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) ppm 10.70 (s, 1H), 8.39-8.27 (m, 2H), 8.04 (dd, J = 2.5, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.44 (t, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (d,  J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 3.63-3.53 (m, 2H),  3.51-3.42 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.86 (m, 8H),  1.86-1.73 (m, 2H)
545.1/547.1
GENERAL PROCEDURE H A68B02C01 Made from 2433_D2









In yet another embodiment of Formula I provided herein, the compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from:








TABLE 2











1763_E1


 






1763_E2


 






1765


 






1766_E1


 






1766_E2


 






1819


 






1821_D1


 






1821_D2


 






1822_D1


 






1822_D2


 






1826_D2


 






1829_D1


 






1829_D2


 






1829-2


 






1893_E1


 






1893_E2


 






1895


 






1916


 






1983


 






1987


 






1989


 






2202


 






2433_D1


 






2433_D2


 






2492


 






2505


 






2550


 






2617_D2


 






2618_D1


 






2618_D2


 






2619_D2


 






2625_D2


 






2626_D2









The compounds of the invention may possess one or more stereocenters, and each stereocenter may exist independently in either the R or S configuration. In one embodiment, compounds described herein are present in optically active or racemic forms. It is to be understood that the compounds described herein encompass racemic, optically-active, regioisomeric and stereoisomeric forms, or combinations thereof that possess the therapeutically useful properties described herein.
Preparation of optically active forms is achieved in any suitable manner, including by way of non-limiting example, by resolution of the racemic form with recrystallization techniques, synthesis from optically-active starting materials, chiral synthesis, or chromatographic separation using a chiral stationary phase. In one embodiment, a mixture of one or more isomer is utilized as the therapeutic compound described herein. In another embodiment, compounds described herein contain one or more chiral centers. These compounds are prepared by any means, including stereoselective synthesis, enantioselective synthesis and/or separation of a mixture of enantiomers and/or diastereomers. Resolution of compounds and isomers thereof is achieved by any means including, by way of non-limiting example, chemical processes, enzymatic processes, fractional crystallization, distillation, and chromatography.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein.
Compounds described herein also include isotopically-labeled compounds wherein one or more atoms is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds described herein include and are not limited to 2H, 3H, 11C, 13C, 14C, 36Cl, 18F, 123I, 125I, 13N, 15N, 15O, 17O, 18O, 32P, and 35S. In one embodiment, isotopically-labeled compounds are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. In another embodiment, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium affords greater metabolic stability (for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements). In yet another embodiment, substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as 11C, 18F, 15O and 13N, is useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically-labeled compounds are prepared by any suitable method or by processes using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent otherwise employed.
In one embodiment, the compounds described herein are labeled by other means, including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescent moieties, bioluminescent labels, or chemiluminescent labels.
The compounds described herein, and other related compounds having different substituents are synthesized using techniques and materials described herein and as described, for example, in Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989), March, Advanced Organic Chemistry 4th Ed., (Wiley 1992); Carey and Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry 4th Ed., Vols. A and B (Plenum 2000, 2001), and Green and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3rd Ed., (Wiley 1999) (all of which are incorporated by reference for such disclosure). General methods for the preparation of compound as described herein are modified by the use of appropriate reagents and conditions, for the introduction of the various moieties found in the formula as provided herein.
Compounds described herein are synthesized using any suitable procedures starting from compounds that are available from commercial sources, or are prepared using procedures described herein.
In one embodiment, reactive functional groups, such as hydroxyl, amino, imino, thio or carboxy groups, are protected in order to avoid their unwanted participation in reactions. Protecting groups are used to block some or all of the reactive moieties and prevent such groups from participating in chemical reactions until the protective group is removed. In another embodiment, each protective group is removable by a different means. Protective groups that are cleaved under totally disparate reaction conditions fulfill the requirement of differential removal.
In one embodiment, protective groups are removed by acid, base, reducing conditions (such as, for example, hydrogenolysis), and/or oxidative conditions. Groups such as trityl, dimethoxytrityl, acetal and t-butyldimethylsilyl are acid labile and are used to protect carboxy and hydroxy reactive moieties in the presence of amino groups protected with Cbz groups, which are removable by hydrogenolysis, and Fmoc groups, which are base labile. Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties are blocked with base labile groups such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl, in the presence of amines that are blocked with acid labile groups, such as t-butyl carbamate, or with carbamates that are both acid and base stable but hydrolytically removable.
Methods of the Invention
The invention provides a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The invention also provides a method of eradicating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The invention also provides a method of reducing viral load associated with an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The invention further provides a method of reducing reoccurrence of an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The invention also provides a method of reducing an adverse physiological impact of an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The invention further provides a method of reducing, slowing, or inhibiting an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The invention also provides a method of inducing remission of hepatic injury from an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The invention further provides a method of reducing the physiological impact of long-term antiviral therapy for HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The invention further provides a method of prophylactically treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, wherein the individual is afflicted with a latent HBV infection, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
In one embodiment, the methods described herein further comprise administering at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of nucleotide/nucleoside analogs, entry inhibitors, fusion inhibitors, and any combination of these or other antiviral mechanisms. In another embodiment, the compound of the invention and the at least one additional therapeutic agent are co-formulated. In yet another embodiment, the compound of the invention and the at least one additional therapeutic agent are co-administered.
In one embodiment, the individual is refractory to other therapeutic classes of HBV drugs (e.g, HBV polymerase inhibitors, interferons, viral entry inhibitors, viral maturation inhibitors, literature-described capsid assembly modulators, antiviral compounds of distinct or unknown mechanism, and the like, or combinations thereof). In another embodiment, the method of the invention reduces viral load in an individual suffering from an HBV infection to a greater extent or at a faster rate compared to the extent that other therapeutic classes of HBV drugs reduce viral load in the individual.
In one embodiment, the administering of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, allows for administering of the at least one additional therapeutic agent at a lower dose or frequency as compared to the administering of the at least one additional therapeutic agent alone that is required to achieve similar results in prophylactically treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof.
In one embodiment, the administering of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, reduces the viral load in the individual to a greater extent or at a faster rate compared to the administering of a compound selected from the group consisting of a HBV polymerase inhibitor, interferon, viral entry inhibitor, viral maturation inhibitor, distinct capsid assembly modulator, antiviral compounds of distinct or unknown mechanism, and any combination thereof.
In one embodiment, the method of the invention reduces viral load in an individual suffering from an HBV infection, thus allowing lower doses or varying regimens of combination therapies to be used.
In one embodiment, the method of the invention causes a lower incidence of viral mutation and/or viral resistance compared to other classes of HBV drugs, thereby allowing for long term therapy and minimizing the need for changes in treatment regimens.
In one embodiment, the administering of a compound the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, causes a lower incidence of viral mutation and/or viral resistance than the administering of a compound selected from the group consisting of a HBV polymerase inhibitor, interferon, viral entry inhibitor, viral maturation inhibitor, distinct capsid assembly modulator, antiviral compounds of distinct or unknown mechanism, and combination thereof.
In one embodiment, the method of the invention increases the seroconversion rate beyond that of current treatment regimens.
In one embodiment, the method of the invention increases and/or normalizes and/or restores normal health, elicits full recovery of normal health, restores life expectancy, and/or resolves the viral infection in the individual in need thereof.
In one embodiment, the method of the invention eradicates HBV from an individual infected with HBV, thereby obviating the need for long term and/or life-long treatment, or shortening the duration of treatment, and/or allowing for reduction in dosing of other antiviral agents.
In another embodiment, the method of the invention further comprises monitoring the HBV viral load of the subject, and wherein the method is carried out for a period of time such that the HBV virus is undetectable.
Accordingly, in one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1763_E1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1763_E2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1765, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1766_E1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1766_E2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1768, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1769, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1819, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1820, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1821, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1821_D1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1821_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1822_D1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1822_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1826_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1829_D1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1829_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1829-2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1890, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1891, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1892, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1893, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1893_E1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1893_E2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1894, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1895, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1909, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1910, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1914, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1915, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1916, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1917, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1919, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1938, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1944, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1975, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1977, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1979, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1980, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1981, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1983, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1986, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1987, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 1989, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2002, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2004, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2007, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2024, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2033, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2114_D1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2114_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2121, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2123, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2199, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2202, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2205, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2206, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2433_D1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2433_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2492, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2505, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2547, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2548, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2550, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2617_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2618_D1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2618_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2619_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2625_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of compound 2626_D2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Combination Therapies
The compounds of the present invention are intended to be useful in combination with one or more additional compounds useful for treating HBV infection. These additional compounds may comprise compounds of the present invention or compounds known to treat, prevent, or reduce the symptoms or effects of HBV infection. Such compounds include but are not limited to HBV polymerase inhibitors, interferons, viral entry inhibitors, viral maturation inhibitors, literature-described capsid assembly modulators, reverse transcriptase inhibitor, a TLR-agonist, and other agents with distinct or unknown mechanisms that affect the HBV life cycle and/or affect the consequences of HBV infection.
In non-limiting examples, the compounds of the invention may be used in combination with one or more drugs (or a salt thereof) selected from the group consisting of
HBV reverse transcriptase inhibitors, and DNA and RNA polymerase inhibitors, including but not limited to: lamivudine (3TC, Zeffix, Heptovir, Epivir, and Epivir-HBV), entecavir (Baraclude, Entavir), adefovir dipivoxil (Hepsara, Preveon, bis-POM PMEA), tenofovir disoproxil fumarate (Viread, TDF or PMPA);
interferons, including but not limited to interferon alpha (IFN-α), interferon lambda (IFN-λ), and interferon gamma (IFN-γ);
viral entry inhibitors;
viral maturation inhibitors;
literature-described capsid assembly modulators, such as, but not limited to BAY 41-4109;
reverse transcriptase inhibitor;
a TLR-agonist; and
agents of distinct or unknown mechanism, such as but not limited to AT-61 ((E)-N-(1-chloro-3-oxo-1-phenyl-3-(piperidin-1-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl)benzamide), AT-130 ((E)-N-(1-bromo-1-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxo-3-(piperidin-1-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl)-4-nitrobenzamide), and similar analogs.
In one embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is an interferon. The term “interferon” or “IFN” refers to any member the family of highly homologous species-specific proteins that inhibit viral replication and cellular proliferation, and modulate immune response. Human interferons are grouped into three classes; Type I, which include interferon-alpha (IFN-α), interferon-beta (IFN-β), and interferon-omega (IFN-ω), Type II, which includes interferon-gamma (IFN-γ), and Type III, which includes interferon-lambda (IFN-λ). Recombinant forms of interferons that have been developed and are commercially available are encompassed by the term “interferon” as used herein. Subtypes of interferons, such as chemically modified or mutated interferons, are also encompassed by the term “interferon” as used herein. Chemically modified interferons include pegylated interferons and glycosylated interferons. Examples of interferons include, but are not limited to, interferon-alpha-2a, interferon-alpha-2b, interferon-alpha-n1, interferon-beta-1a, interferon-beta-1b, interferon-lamda-1, interferon-lamda-2, and interferon-lamda-3. Examples of pegylated interferons include pegylated interferon-alpha-2a and pegylated interferson alpha-2b.
Accordingly, in one embodiment, the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V can be administered in combination with an interferon selected from the group consisting of interferon alpha (IFN-α), interferon beta (IFN-β), interferon lambda (IFN-λ), and interferon gamma (IFN-γ). In one specific embodiment, the interferon is interferon-alpha-2a, interferon-alpha-2b, or interferon-alpha-n1. In another specific embodiment, the interferon-alpha-2a or interferon-alpha-2b is pegylated. In a preferred embodiment, the interferon-alpha-2a is pegylated interferon-alpha-2a (PEGASYS).
In another embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from immune modulator or immune stimulator therapies, which includes biological agents belonging to the interferon class.
Further, the additional therapeutic agent may be an agent of distinct or unknown mechanism including agents that disrupt the function of other essential viral protein(s) or host proteins required for HBV replication or persistence.
In another embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is an antiviral agent that blocks viral entry or maturation or targets the HBV polymerase such as nucleoside or nucleotide or non-nucleos(t)ide polymerase inhibitors. In a further embodiment of the combination therapy, the reverse transcriptase inhibitor and/or DNA and/or RNA polymerase inhibitor is Zidovudine, Didanosine, Zalcitabine, ddA, Stavudine, Lamivudine, Abacavir, Emtricitabine, Entecavir, Apricitabine, Atevirapine, ribavirin, acyclovir, famciclovir, valacyclovir, ganciclovir, valganciclovir, Tenofovir, Adefovir, PMPA, cidofovir, Efavirenz, Nevirapine, Delavirdine, or Etravirine.
In one embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is a TLR modulator or a TLR agonist, such as a TLR-7 agonist or TLR-9 agonist. In further embodiment of the combination therapy, the TLR-7 agonist is selected from the group consisting of SM360320 (9-benzyl-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)adenine) and AZD 8848 (methyl [3-({[3-(6-amino-2-butoxy-8-oxo-7,8-dihydro-9H-purin-9-yl)propyl][3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]amino}methyl)phenyl]acetate).
In any of the methods provided herein, the method may further comprise administering to the individual at least one HBV vaccine, a nucleoside HBV inhibitor, an interferon or any combination thereof. In an embodiment, the HBV vaccine is at least one of RECOMBIVAX HB, ENGERIX-B, ELOVAC B, GENEVAC-B, or SHANVAC B.
In another aspect, provided herein is method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising reducing the HBV viral load by administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention alone or in combination with a reverse transcriptase inhibitor; and further administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of HBV vaccine. The reverse transcriptase inhibitor may be one of Zidovudine, Didanosine, Zalcitabine, ddA, Stavudine, Lamivudine, Abacavir, Emtricitabine, Entecavir, Apricitabine, Atevirapine, ribavirin, acyclovir, famciclovir, valacyclovir, ganciclovir, valganciclovir, Tenofovir, Adefovir, PMPA, cidofovir, Efavirenz, Nevirapine, Delavirdine, or Etravirine.
For any combination therapy described herein, synergistic effect may be calculated, for example, using suitable methods such as the Sigmoid-Emax equation (Holford & Scheiner, 19981, Clin. Pharmacokinet. 6: 429-453), the equation of Loewe additivity (Loewe & Muischnek, 1926, Arch. Exp. Pathol Pharmacol. 114: 313-326) and the median-effect equation (Chou & Talalay, 1984, Adv. Enzyme Regul. 22: 27-55). Each equation referred to above may be applied to experimental data to generate a corresponding graph to aid in assessing the effects of the drug combination. The corresponding graphs associated with the equations referred to above are the concentration-effect curve, isobologram curve and combination index curve, respectively.
Administration/Do sage/Formulations
In another aspect, provided herein is pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
In particular, the selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound employed, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds or materials used in combination with the compound, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well, known in the medical arts.
A medical doctor, e.g., physician or veterinarian, having ordinary skill in the art may readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required. For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
In particular embodiments, it is especially advantageous to formulate the compound in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the patients to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of therapeutic compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical vehicle. The dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the therapeutic compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding/formulating such a therapeutic compound for the treatment of HBV infection in a patient.
In one embodiment, the compositions of the invention are formulated using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Compounds of the invention for administration may be in the range of from about 1 μg to about 10,000 mg, about 20 μg to about 9,500 mg, about 40 μg to about 9,000 mg, about 75 μg to about 8,500 mg, about 150 μg to about 7,500 mg, about 200 μg to about 7,000 mg, about 3050 μg to about 6,000 mg, about 500 μg to about 5,000 mg, about 750 μg to about 4,000 mg, about 1 mg to about 3,000 mg, about 10 mg to about 2,500 mg, about 20 mg to about 2,000 mg, about 25 mg to about 1,500 mg, about 30 mg to about 1,000 mg, about 40 mg to about 900 mg, about 50 mg to about 800 mg, about 60 mg to about 750 mg, about 70 mg to about 600 mg, about 80 mg to about 500 mg, and any and all whole or partial increments there between.
In some embodiments, the dose of a compound of the invention is from about 1 mg to about 2,500 mg. In some embodiments, a dose of a compound of the invention used in compositions described herein is less than about 10,000 mg, or less than about 8,000 mg, or less than about 6,000 mg, or less than about 5,000 mg, or less than about 3,000 mg, or less than about 2,000 mg, or less than about 1,000 mg, or less than about 500 mg, or less than about 200 mg, or less than about 50 mg. Similarly, in some embodiments, a dose of a second compound (i.e., another drug for HBV treatment) as described herein is less than about 1,000 mg, or less than about 800 mg, or less than about 600 mg, or less than about 500 mg, or less than about 400 mg, or less than about 300 mg, or less than about 200 mg, or less than about 100 mg, or less than about 50 mg, or less than about 40 mg, or less than about 30 mg, or less than about 25 mg, or less than about 20 mg, or less than about 15 mg, or less than about 10 mg, or less than about 5 mg, or less than about 2 mg, or less than about 1 mg, or less than about 0.5 mg, and any and all whole or partial increments thereof.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a packaged pharmaceutical composition comprising a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with a second pharmaceutical agent; and instructions for using the compound to treat, prevent, or reduce one or more symptoms of HBV infection in a patient.
Routes of administration of any of the compositions of the invention include oral, nasal, rectal, intravaginal, parenteral, buccal, sublingual or topical. The compounds for use in the invention may be formulated for administration by any suitable route, such as for oral or parenteral, for example, transdermal, transmucosal (e.g., sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral, vaginal (e.g., trans- and perivaginally), (intra)nasal and (trans)rectal), intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
Suitable compositions and dosage forms include, for example, tablets, capsules, caplets, pills, gel caps, troches, dispersions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, granules, beads, transdermal patches, gels, powders, pellets, magmas, lozenges, creams, pastes, plasters, lotions, discs, suppositories, liquid sprays for nasal or oral administration, dry powder or aerosolized formulations for inhalation, compositions and formulations for intravesical administration and the like. It should be understood that the formulations and compositions that would be useful in the present invention are not limited to the particular formulations and compositions that are described herein.
For oral application, particularly suitable are tablets, dragees, liquids, drops, suppositories, or capsules, caplets and gelcaps. The compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known in the art and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of inert, non-toxic pharmaceutically excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. Such excipients include, for example an inert diluent such as lactose; granulating and disintegrating agents such as cornstarch; binding agents such as starch; and lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques for elegance or to delay the release of the active ingredients. Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert diluent.
For parenteral administration, the compounds of the invention may be formulated for injection or infusion, for example, intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection or infusion, or for administration in a bolus dose and/or continuous infusion. Suspensions, solutions or emulsions in an oily or aqueous vehicle, optionally containing other formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents may be used.
Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents to the specific procedures, embodiments, claims, and examples described herein. Such equivalents were considered to be within the scope of this invention and covered by the claims appended hereto. For example, it should be understood, that modifications in reaction conditions, including but not limited to reaction times, reaction size/volume, and experimental reagents, such as solvents, catalysts, pressures, atmospheric conditions, e.g., nitrogen atmosphere, and reducing/oxidizing agents, with art-recognized alternatives and using no more than routine experimentation, are within the scope of the present application.
It is to be understood that wherever values and ranges are provided herein, all values and ranges encompassed by these values and ranges, are meant to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Moreover, all values that fall within these ranges, as well as the upper or lower limits of a range of values, are also contemplated by the present application.
The following examples further illustrate aspects of the present invention. However, they are in no way a limitation of the teachings or disclosure of the present invention as set forth herein.
EXAMPLES
The invention is now described with reference to the following Examples. These Examples are provided for the purpose of illustration only, and the invention is not limited to these Examples, but rather encompasses all variations that are evident as a result of the teachings provided herein.
Materials:
Unless otherwise noted, all starting materials and resins were obtained from commercial suppliers and used without purification.
The definitions of synthetic regions below reference the library general design shown in FIG. 1.
Region A:































Region B:








Region C:





Part I Intermediate Synthesis (Regions A, B & C)
1 Preparation of Region A Intermediates
1.1 Preparation of A01/02




1.1.1 Preparation of Compound 2 and 3




To a solution of Compound 1 (5.0 g, 21.5 mmol) and ethyl 2-diazoacetate (3.2 g, 28.1 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added BF3-Et2O (2.7 mL, 21.5 mmol) at −78° C. under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1.5 h, then warmed to 28° C. slowly and stirred for 1.5 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NaHCO3 (sat.) and extracted with EA (300 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give a mixture of Compound 2 and 3 (3.4 g, 50%). LCMS: 320.0 [M+1].
1.1.2 Preparation of Compound 4 and 5




To a mixture of compound 2 and 3 (1 g, 3.1 mmol) dissolved MeOH/H2O (10 mL/2 mL) was added KOH (0.53 g, 9.3 mmol), and heated to 55° C. for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (80 mL) and washed with brine (60 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give Compound 4 (0.32 g, 42%) and Compound 5 (0.22 g, 29%). LCMS: 248.0 [M+1]. Compound 4 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.34-7.40 (m, 5H), 5.16-5.21 (m, 2H), 4.06-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.49 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.55 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.78 (m, 4H). Compound 5 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.34-7.39 (m, 5H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 3.62-3.69 (m, 4H), 2.62-2.71 (m, 4H), 2.75-2.81 (m, 2H).
1.1.3 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 4 (0.32 g, 1.3 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) was added NaBH4 (74.2 mg, 1.9 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (sat.) and extracted with EA (80 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (0.24 g, 74%). LCMS: 250.0 [M+1].
1.1.4 Preparation of Compound A01




To a solution of Compound 6 (0.25 g, 1.0 mmol) in MeOH (25 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. for 16 h under 25 Psi pressure. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (0.1 g, 87%).
1.1.5 Preparation of Compound 7




To a solution of compound 5 (0.32 g, 1.3 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) was added NaBH4 (74.2 mg, 1.9 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (sat.) and extracted with EA (80 mL). The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (0.24 g, 74%). LCMS: 250.0 [M+1].
1.1.6 Preparation of Compound A02




To a solution of Compound 5 (0.25 g, 1.0 mmol) in MeOH (25 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. for 16 h under 25 psi pressure. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (0.1 g, 87%).
1.2 Preparation of A03/04




1.2.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of Compound 1 (0.8 g, 3.2 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was added DAST (1.1 g, 6.5 mmol) at −78° C. under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 h and then warmed to 28° C. for 2 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NaHCO3(sat.) and extracted with DCM (30 mL). The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography PE:EA (30:1) to give the desired product (0.6 g, 74%). LCMS: 252.0 [M+1].
1.2.2 Preparation of Compound A03




To a solution of Compound 2 (0.6 g, 2.4 mmol) in MeOH (25 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (100 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. for 16 h under H2 atmosphere. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product (0.3 g), which was used in the next step directly.
Amine A04 was prepared through the same procedure with amine A03 from benzyl 4-hydroxyazepane-1-carboxylate.
1.3 Preparation of A05/06




1.3.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of CH3MgBr (14.2 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added Compound 1 (0.7 g, 2.8 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0° C. under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (sat.) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was dried and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography PE:EA (10:1) to give the desired product (0.2 g, 27%). LCMS: 264 [M+1].
1.3.2 Preparation of Compound A05




To a solution of Compound 2 (0.34 g, 1.3 mmol) in MeOH (25 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. for 16 h under H2 atmosphere. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (0.16 g, 94%).
Amine A06 was prepared through the same procedure with amine A03 from benzyl 4-oxoazepane-1-carboxylate.
1.4 Preparation of A07/08







1.4.1.1 Preparation of Compound 3 and 3′




A mixture of compound 3 and 3′ was prepared with the same procedure as 1.1.1.
1.4.1.2 Preparation of Compound 4 and Compound 4′




To a suspension of NaH (338 mg, 8.5 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added a solution of a mixture of Compound 3 and Compound 3′ (2.7 g, 8.5 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at 0° C. under N2, and stirred at rt for 0.5 h. A solution of Select F (2.7 g, 8.5 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl and extracted with EA (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give Compound 4 (1.0 g, 35%) and Compound 4′ (0.9 g, 32%). Compound 4: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=7.28-7.39 (m, 5H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 4.40-4.68 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.39 (m, 3H), 3.45-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.38 (m, 1H), 1.85-2.45 (m, 4H), 1.26-1.30 (m, 3H). Compound 4′: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=7.28-7.40 (m, 5H), 5.14-5.18 (m, 2H), 4.24-4.47 (m, 4H), 3.88-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.91 (m, 2H), 1.92-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.35 (m, 3H).
1.4.1.3 Preparation of Compound 5




A mixture of compound 4 (0.72 g, 2.1 mmol) and KOH (0.18 g, 3.2 mmol) in MeOH/H2O (10 mL/2 mL) was heated to 55° C. for 2 h. The mixture was extracted with EA (80 mL) and washed with brine (60 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (0.54 g, crude). LCMS: 266.0 [M+1].
1.4.1.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 5 (0.54 g, 2.1 mmol) in EtOH (8 mL) was added NaBH4 (0.12 g, 3.1 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl(Sat.) and extracted with EA (80 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (0.22 g, 41%). LCMS: 268.0 [M+1].
1.4.1.5 Preparation of Compound A07




To a solution of Compound 6 (0.22 g, 0.8 mmol) in MeOH (25 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (45 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. for 16 h under 25 Psi pressure. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (0.1 g, 91%).
1.4.1.6 Preparation of Compound 5′




A mixture of compound 4′ (0.89 g, 2.6 mmol) and KOH (0.22 g, 3.9 mmol) in MeOH/H2O (10 mL/2 mL) was heated to 55° C. for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (80 mL) and washed with brine (60 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (0.65 g, crude). LCMS: 266.0 [M+1].
1.4.1.7 Preparation of Compound 6′




To a solution of compound 5′ (0.65 g, 2.6 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added NaBH4 (0.15 g, 3.9 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (sat.) and extracted with EA (80 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (0.33 g, 50%). LCMS: 268.0 [M+1].
1.4.1.8 Preparation of Compound A08




To a solution of Compound 6′ (0.33 g, 1.2 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (60 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. for 16 h under 25 Psi pressure. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (0.15 g, 91%).
Synthesis of the Diastereomers







1.4.2.1 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of Compound 1 (5.0 g, 33.7 mmol) was added prop-2-en-1-amine (6.0 g, 101.3 mmol), then the solution was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum to give crude Compound 3 (6.6 g) for the next step directly.
1.4.2.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 3 (6.6 g, 52.71 mmol) in DCM (80 mL) was added TEA (10.67 g, 105.4 mmol) and CbzCl (13.49 g, 79.1 mmol) at 0° C., the solution was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The reaction was washed by water (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (100 mL), the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuum to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=10:1) to give Compound 4 (5.0 g, 36.6%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ ppm: 7.25-7.47 (m, 5H), 5.67-5.96 (m, 2H), 5.08-5.23 (m, 3H), 4.91-5.08 (m, 2H), 3.86-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.27 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.95-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.72 (m, 2H).
1.4.2.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 4 (3.0 g, 11.57 mmol) in DCM (300 mL) was added Grubb's catalyst 1st (290 mg, 0.35 mmol), then the solution was stirred at 55° C. for 16 h under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=20:1) to give Compound 5 (1.9 g, 71%) as darkness liquid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 7.30-7.43 (m, 5H), 5.69-5.89 (m, 2H), 5.09-5.24 (m, 2H), 3.90-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.72 (m, 3H), 2.16-2.43 (m, 3H), 1.76-1.94 (m, 2H).
1.4.2.41 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of Compound 5 (1.0 g, 4.3 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was added m-CPBA (1.49 g, 8.65 mmol), then the solution was stirred at 23° C. for 16 h. TLC showed the starting materials were consumed completely. The solution was washed with aq. Na2SO3 and extracted with DCM (20 mL), the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuum to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=3:1) to give Compound 6 (420 mg, 40%) as colorless liquid.
1.4.2.4 Preparation of Compound 7A and 7B




The compound 6 (800.00 mg, 3.24 mmol) was dissolved in HF/Et3N (522.32 mg, 6.48 mmol) a 50 mL single-necked round bottom flask. The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 14 h under N2. After cooled to 20° C., LCMS showed the starting material was consumed. The residue was washed by aq. NaHCO3 (80 mL), and extracted by EA (70 mL*2), the organic layers were dried, contracted in vacuum to get the crude product. The crude mixture was further purification by column chromatography (PE/EA=4:1) to give compound 7A (320.00 mg, 37.04%) and 7B (70 mg, 8%) as yellow oil.
7A 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 7.30-7.45 (m, 5H), 5.11-5.27 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.64 (m, 1H), 3.21-4.05 (m, 5H), 1.60-2.20 (m, 4H).
7B 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 7.30-7.48 (m, 5H), 5.12-5.28 (m, 2H), 4.21-4.55 (m, 1H), 3.17-4.16 (m, 5H), 1.41-2.12 (m, 4H)
1.4.2.5 Preparation of Compound A07_Trans




To a solution of Compound 7A (460 mg, 1.72 mmol) in CH3OH (40 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (85 mg). The formed mixture was hydrogenated 2.5 h under H2 atmosphere. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the desired product A07_Trans (220 mg, 96%). A08_Trans was prepared from 7B through the same procedure.
1.4.2.6 Preparation of Compound 8




To a mixture of PPh3 (471.00 mg, 1.80 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and DEAD (312.73 mg, 1.80 mmol) at 0° C., was added the 4-nitrobenzoic acid (300.10 mg, 1.80 mmol,) in THF (15 mL) droppwise, followed by a solution of compound 7A (400.00 mg, 1.50 mmol) in THF (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. TLC showed the starting material was consumed. Water (50 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was extracted by EA (35 ml*3). The organic layers were dried, concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (PE/EA=6/1, 4/1) to get the desired product compound 8 (200.00 mg, 32.10%). LCMS [M+1]: 417
1.4.2.7 Preparation of Compound 9




To a mixture of compound 8 (150.00 mg, 0.36 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added K2CO3 (74.68 mg, 0.54 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified directly by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=6/1, 4/1) to afford compound 9 (70.00 mg, 72.70%) as yellow oil.
1.4.2.8 Preparation of Compound A07_Cis




To a solution of Compound 9 (70 mg, 0.26 mmol) in CH3OH (20 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 (20 mg). The formed mixture was hydrogenated 2 h under H2 atmosphere. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the desired product C (34 mg, 97%). A08_Cis was prepared from 7B through the same procedure.
1.5 Preparation of A09




1.5.1.1 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of Compound 1 (8.0 g, 34.3 mmol) and ethyl 2-diazoacetate (5.1 g, 44.7 mmol) in THF (160 mL) was added BF3-Et2O (4.3 mL, 34.3 mmol) at −78° C. under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1.5 h and then warmed to 28° C. slowly, and continued to stir for 1.5 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NaHCO3 and extracted with EA (500 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (7.3 g, 67%). LCMS: 320.0 [M+1].
1.5.1.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a suspension of NaH (464 mg, 11.6 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added a solution of Compound 3 (3.7 g, 11.6 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at 0° C. under N2, followed by a solution of Select F (4.4 g, 11.6 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) after 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (Sat.) and extracted with EA (300 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (2.5 g, 64%). LCMS: 338.0 [M+1].
1.5.1.3 Preparation of Compound 5




A mixture of compound 4 (2.5 g, 7.4 mmol) and KOH (0.62 g, 11.1 mmol) in MeOH/H2O (20 mL/4 mL) was heated to 55° C. for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (100 mL) and washed with brine (80 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (1.8 g, crude). LCMS: 266.0 [M+1].
1.5.1.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 5 (1.8 g, 6.8 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) was added NaBH4 (0.39 g, 10.3 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl(sat.) and extracted with EA (150 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (1.2 g, 66%). LCMS: 268.0 [M+1].
1.5.1.5 Preparation of Compound A09




To a solution of Compound 6 (1.2 g, 4.5 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (0.24 g). The mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. for 16 h under 25 Psi pressure. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (0.59 g, 98%).
Synthesis of the Diastereomers




5.1.2.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a mixture of benzyl compound 1 (5.00 g, 21.62 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 mL) was added m-CPBA (9.33 g, 54.05 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 2 (2.70 g, 10.92 mmol, 50.50% yield) as yellow soil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ=7.41-7.30 (m, 5H), 5.18-5.07 (m, 2H), 4.00-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.20 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 2.91-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.18 (m, 3H), 2.15-2.03 (m, 1H).
5.1.2.2 Preparation of Compound 3




Compound 2 (2.20 g, 8.90 mmol, 1.00 Eq) and HF-Et3N (2.15 g, 13.35 mmol) were charged in a 100 mL single-necked round bottom flask. The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 h under N2. TLC showed the reaction was complete. Then it was diluted with DCM (100 mL), washed with brine (100 mL×2), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified with column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=1:1) to give compound 3 (1.5 g, 5.61 mmol) as colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ=7.42-7.28 (m, 5H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.51-4.29 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.58 (m, 3H), 3.48-3.25 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.72 (dt, J=5.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H)
5.1.2.3 Preparation of A09_Trans




To a solution of compound 3 (100.0 mg, 374.11 umol, 1.00 Eq) in MeOH (5 mL) was added Pd (OH)2 (0.02 g) under N2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 (50 psi) at 25° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter was concentrated to give A09_Trans (40.00 mg, 300.39 umol, 80.29% yield) as yellow solid.
5.1.2.4 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of compound 3 (400 mg, 1.5 mmol), compound 4 (0.3 g, 1.8 mmol) and PPh3 (0.47 g, 1.8 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added DEAD (0.312 g, 1.8 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at 25° C. TLC showed reaction completed. The mixture was evaporated and the residue was purified with column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=10:1) to give compound 4 (0.5 g, 80%) as white solid.
5.1.2.5 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 5 (500 mg, 1.2 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added K2CO3 (165 mg, 1.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 25° C. TLC showed it was complete. The mixture was concentrated to give compound 6 (300 mg, crude) as yellow oil.
5.1.2.6 Preparation of A09_CIS




To a solution of compound 6 (100.00 mg, 374.11 umol, 1.00 Eq) in MeOH (5 mL) was added Pd/C (0.02 g) under N2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 (50 psi) at 25° C. for 16 hours. TLC (PE:EtOAc=1:1) showed the starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter was concentrated to give A09_CIS (40.00 mg, 300.39 umol, 80.29% yield) as colorless oil.
1.6 Preparation of A10




1.6.1 Preparation of Compound 3




To a stirred solution of compound 1 (12.37 g, 56.5 mmol) and compound 2 (13.56 g, 56.5 mmol) in toluene (800 mL) was added Et3N (17.17 g, 170 mmol). The mixture was heated to 120° C. and stirred for 48 h. TLC showed starting material was consumed completely. The mixture was washed by saturated NH4Cl (100 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=2:1) to give compound 3 as yellow solid (6.9 g, yield: 41.2%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.47-7.21 (m, 10H), 3.87-3.61 (m, 5H), 2.97-2.41 (m, 8H).
LCMS: 297 [M+1].
1.6.2 Preparation of Compound 4




Compound 3 (2.2 g, 7.5 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (80 mL), then Pd(OH)2/C (500 mg) was added. The resulting mixture was hydrogenated overnight under H2 atmosphere. TLC showed starting material was consumed completely. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the desired compound 4 (0.8 g, 100%) as colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 3.89-3.71 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.63 (m, 8H).
1.6.3 Preparation of Compound 5




Compound 4 (522 mg, 4.5 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (30 mL), then Boc2O (972 mg, 4.5 mmol) and Et3N (546 mg, 5.4 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 12 hours. TLC showed starting material was consumed completely. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purification through silica gel column chromatography to give the desired compound 5 (860 mg, 92%) as colorless oil.
1.6.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 5 (972 mg, 4.5 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) were added NaBH3CN (837 mg, 13.5 mmol) and HCHO (1.5 g, 18 mmol) at room temperature, then the mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 4 h. TLC showed starting material was consumed completely. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column (DCM:MeOH=20:1) to give compound 6 as colorless oil (610 mg, 59%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.99-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.27 (m, 4H), 2.97-2.51 (m, 4H), 2.46-2.31 (m, 4H), 1.51 (s, 9H).
1.6.5 Preparation of Compound A10




Compound 6 (300 mg, 1.3 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL), Then TFA (20 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. TLC showed starting material was consumed completely. The solution was concentrated to give crude compound A10 (420 mg, crude) as TFA salt.
1.7 Preparation of A11/12




1.7.1 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of Compound 1 (10 g, 80.0 mmol) and NaOH (3.6 g, 90.0 mmol) in H2O (160 mL) was added Compound 2 (5.0 g, 100 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was heated to 75° C. for 3 h and then cooled to 25° C. (Boc)2O (21 g, 100 mmol) was added and the mixture was continued to stir for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, and extracted with EA (200 mL*2). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (11.2 g, 57%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.78-3.77 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.57 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.67 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.45 (m, 9H).
1.7.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 3 (11.2 g, 46 mmol) in EtOH—CHCl3 (200 mL/10 mL) was added PtO2 (1.0 g). The mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. for 16 h under 50 Psi pressure of H2 atmosphere. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (11.3 g, 99%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 8.45-8.43 (m, 2H), 3.91-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.73 (m, 3H), 3.51-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.19 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.44 (m, 9H).
1.7.3 Preparation of Compound 5




A solution of compound 4 (2.3 g, 9.3 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) and NaOH (3N, 4 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. TLC monitored that the reaction completed. The mixture was diluted with EA (150 mL) and washed with brine (100 mL). The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product (1.25 g, 63%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 4.10-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.28 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.45 (m, 9H).
1.7.4 Preparation of Compound A11




To a solution of compound 5 (0.5 g, 2.3 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (5 mL), and stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. TLC monitored that the reaction completed. The mixture was concentrated to give the crude product (780 mg, crude).
1.7.5 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 4 (800 mg, 3.7 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added NaH (224 mg, 5.6 mmol), and stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 h. Then, MeI (795 mg, 5.6 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature until TLC monitored that the reaction completed. The mixture was quenched with water, diluted with EA (50 mL) and washed with brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product (720 mg, 63%).
1.7.6 Preparation of Compound A12




To a solution of compound 6 (720 mg, 2.3 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (5 mL), and stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. TLC monitored that the reaction completed. The mixture was concentrated to give the crude product (960 mg, crude).
1.8 Preparation of A13




1.8.1 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of Compound 1 (1.32 g, 10.5 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added NaH (960 mg, 24 mmol) at 0° C., the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. Then compound 2 (1.61 g, 10 mmol) was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 2 hours. TLC showed that starting material was consumed completely. Saturated NH4Cl (100 mL) was added to quench the reaction. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was extracted with EA (100 mL*2). The organic layer was concentrated and purified by silica gel column (PE:EA=4:1) to give compound 3 (1.1 g, yield: 51%) as colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ: 5.12-4.91 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.76-3.45 (m, 4H), 1.47 (s, 9H).
1.8.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of compound 3 (212 mg, 1 mmol) in THF/H2O (3 mL/3 mL) were added K2OsO4.2H2O (18 mg, 0.05 mmol) and NaIO4 (491 mg, 2.3 mmol) at room temperature, then the mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 4 h. TLC showed starting material was consumed completely. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column (PE:EA=5:1) to give compound 4 as yellow oil (170 mg, 77%). LCMS: 216 [M+1].
1.8.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of compound 4 (425 mg, 2 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added NaBH4 (150 mg, 4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 4 h. TLC showed starting material was consumed. Saturated NH4Cl (20 mL) was added to quench the reaction. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was extracted with EA (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound 5 (370 mg, 87%) as colorless oil.
1.8.4 Preparation of Compound A13




Compound 5 (420 mg, 2 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL), Then TFA (20 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. TLC showed starting material was consumed completely. The solution was concentrated to give desired crude compound 5 (620 mg, 100%) as TFA salt, used in next step directly.
1.9 Preparation of A15




1.9.1 Preparation of Compound 3




A mixture of Compound 1 (8.7 g, 65.7 mmol), Compound 2 (3.5 g, 32.7 mmol) and K2CO3 (9.06 g, 65.7 mmol) in DMF (120 mL) was heated to 100° C. for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (100 mL), and washed with H2O (100 mL*3). The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product 3 as colorless oil (5.1 g, 72.5%). LCMS: 256 [M+1].
1.9.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 3 (1.5 g, 6.97 mmol) in toluene (15 mL) was added CbzCl (1.42 g, 8.37 mmol). The mixture was heated to 110° C. for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved with water and EA. The organic layer was washed with aq. Na2CO3, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product 4 as colorless oil (1.24 g, Yield: 68.9%).
LCMS: 260 [M+1].
1.9.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 4 (1.0 g, 3.86 mmol) in DCM (60 mL) was added Dichloride Zhan catalyst 1B (150 mg, CAS: 918870-76-5). The mixture was purged with N2 for 10 min and stirred at 20° C. for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product 5 as colorless oil (800 mg, Yield: 89.7%). LCMS: 232 [M+1].
1.9.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 5 (800 mg, 3.46 mmol) in DCM (30 mL), was added m-CPBA (774 mg, 4.5 mmol). The mixture stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The solution was quenched by aq. Na2SO3, and extracted with DCM (60 mL*2). The organic combined phase was dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give desired compound 7 as colorless oil (812 mg, Yield: 95.9%). LCMS: 248 [M+1].
1.9.5 Preparation of Compound 7




Compound 6 (812 mg, 3.31 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL), then concentrated H2SO4 (200 mg) was added. The mixture stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solution was neutralized with aq.Na2CO3 to pH=7. The resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was extracted with EA (60 mL*2). The combined organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product 8 as colorless oil (778 mg, Yield: 84.9%). LCMS: 280 [M+1].
1.9.6 Preparation of Compound A15




To a solution of Compound 7 (778 mg, 2.8 mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (100 mg) under N2. The mixture was stirred under H2 balloon at 23° C. for 2 h. The mixture was filtrated. The filtrates was concentrated to give the desired product 8 (310 mg, Yield: 78%). 1.10 Preparation of A16/17/18




1.10.1 Preparation of Compound 3




A mixture of Compound 1 (5.0 g, 33.7 mmol) and Compound 2 (6.0 g, 101.3 mmol) was heat to 80° C. for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved with DCM (100 mL). Et3N (7.6 g, 75.6 mmol) followed by CbzCl (12.8 g, 75.6 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with water (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=10:1) to give Compound 4 (4.4 g, 34%). LCMS: 260 [M+1]. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.49-7.22 (m, 5H), 5.95-5.67 (m, 2H), 5.13 (s, 4H), 5.08-4.91 (m, 2H), 3.91 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.23 (m, 2H), 2.02 (s, 2H), 1.74-1.57 (m, 2H).
1.10.3 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 3 (2.0 g, 7.7 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was added Dichloride Zhan catalyst 1B (236 mg, CAS: 918870-76-5). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=10:1) to give Compound 4 (1.28 g, 72%) as darkness liquid. LCMS: 232 [M+1]. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.40-7.27 (m, 5H), 5.95-5.62 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.28-2.19 (m, 3H), 1.89-1.75 (m, 2H).
1.10.4 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 5 (900 mg, 3.9 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) was added m-CPBA (1.34 g, 7.8 mmol), and stirred at rt for 16 h. TLC showed materials was consumed completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Na2SO3 solution and extracted with DCM (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=30:1) to give Compound 6 (900 mg, 83%) as colorless liquid. LCMS: 248 [M+1]. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.37 (s, 6H), 5.19-5.08 (m, 2H), 4.32-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.94 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.51 (m, 2H).
1.10.5 Preparation of Compound 6 and 6′




To a solution of Compound 6 (700 mg, 2.83 mmol) in MeOH (40 mL) was added concentrated H2SO4 (0.1 mL) at rt and the solution was stirred for 1 h. TLC showed materials was consumed completed. An aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (1 mL) was added to neutralize the reaction mixture. The resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo, then EtOAc (40 mL) and water (20 mL) was added to dissolve the residue. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=10:1) to give a mixture of Compound 7B and 7C (700 mg, yield 88.6%) as colorless liquid.
1.10.6 Preparation of Compound A16 and A11




To a solution of a mixture of Compound 7B and 7C (800 mg, 2.86 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (200 mg) and the mixture was stirred for 4 h under H2 balloon. TLC showed materials was consumed completed the solution was filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuum to give a mixture of Compound C and D (370 mg, yield 88%) as liquid.
1.10.7 Preparation of Compound 7




To a solution of Compound 4 (260 mg, 1.12 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and water (2 mL) was added OsO4 (60 mg), followed by NMO (131 mg). The reaction was stirred at rt for 3 h. TLC showed materials was consumed completed. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product Compound 8 (186 mg, 62%) as colorless liquid. LCMS: 266 [M+1]. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.43-7.29 (m, 5H), 5.21-5.07 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.65 (m, 3H), 3.32-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.45 (m, 2H).
1.10.8 Preparation of Compound A18




To a solution of Compound 7 (186 mg, 0.77 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (40 mg) at rt and was stirred for 4 h under H2 balloon. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product Compound E (101 mg, 100%) as liquid.
1.11 Preparation of A22




1.11.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of Compound 1 (0.5 g, 2.0 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added LiHMDS (4.0 mL, 4.0 mmol) at −78° C. under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 h. MeI (0.86 g, 6.0 mmol) was added to the mixture at −78° C., then warmed to 28° C. slowly and stirred for 1.5 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with H2O and extracted with EA (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give Compound 2 (0.4 g, 75%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.29-7.41 (m, 1H), 5.03-5.23 (m, 1H), 3.84-4.22 (m, 1H), 2.60-3.23 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.59 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.09 (dd, J=6.84, 15.12 Hz, 3H), LCMS: 262.0 [M+1].
1.11.3 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of compound 2 (1.2 g, 4.6 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) was added NaBH4 (259 mg, 6.8 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (sat.) and extracted with EA (80 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (650 mg, 54%). LCMS: 264.0 [M+1].
1.11.4 Preparation of Compound A22




To a solution of Compound 3 (0.26 g, 1.0 mmol) in MeOH (25 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 (50 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. for 16 h under 25 Psi pressure. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (0.1 g, 77%).
1.12 Preparation of A23




1.12.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of Compound 1 (2.0 g, 7.0 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added NaH (336 mg, 8.4 mmol) at 0° C. under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 h. MeI (1.5 g, 10.5 mmol) was added to the mixture at 0° C., then warmed to 28° C. slowly and stirred for 16 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with H2O and extracted with EA (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give Compound 2 (1.5 g, 71.4%).
1.12.2 Preparation of Compound 3




A mixture of compound 2 (1.5 g, 5 mmol) and KOH (0.5 g, 9.0 mmol) in MeOH/H2O (20 mL/4 mL) was heated to 55° C. for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (80 mL) and washed with brine (60 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was used in the next step directly (1.5 g, 94%).
1.12.3 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of compound 3 (1.3 g, 5.7 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) was added NaBH4 (260 mg, 6.9 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The formed mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (Sat.) and extracted with EA (80 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (821 mg, 63%).
1.12.4 Preparation of Compound A23




To a solution of Compound 4 (0.82 g, 3.6 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added HCl/MeOH (4 mL, 4 M). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated to give the crude HCl salt, which was used in the next step directly (760 mg, crude HCl salt).
1.13 Preparation of A24




1.13.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of Compound 1 (1 g, 6.4 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added LiHMDS (12.8 mL, 12.8 mmol) at −78° C. under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 h. MeI (2.7 g, 19.2 mmol) was added to the mixture at −78° C., then warmed to 28° C. slowly and stirred for 15 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with H2O and extracted with EA (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give Compound 2 (0.62 g, 57%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 3.92-4.17 (m, 4H), 2.55-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.43 (m, 1H), 1.87-2.13 (m, 3H), 1.69-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.04 (d, J=6.65 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 171.0 [M+1].
1.13.2 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of Compound 2 (0.5 g, 2.9 mmol) in Et0H/H2O (20/1 mL) was added NH2OH.HCl (1.0 g, 14.7 mmol) and NaOAc (0.7 g, 8.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h. The resulting mixture was diluted with EA (80 mL) and washed with brine (60 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give Compound 3 (0.4 g, 73%). LCMS: 186.0 [M+1].
1.13.3 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 3 (1.0 g, 5.4 mmol) in Acetone (20 mL) was added TosCl (1.5 g, 8.1 mmol). NaOAc (1.7 g, 16.2 mmol) in H2O (30 mL) was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 2 h, then warmed to 40° C. slowly and stirred for 16 h. The resulting mixture was diluted with DCM (200 mL) and washed with brine (60 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give Compound 4 (0.9 g, 83%).
1.13.4 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 4 (0.9 g, 4.8 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added LiAlH4 (0.27 g, 7.2 mmol) at 16° C. The mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 5 h. The mixture was quenched with water and filtered, then CbzCl (1.2 g, 7.2 mmol) was added to the solution. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 12 h. The resulting mixture was diluted with EA (20 mL) and washed with brine (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give Compound 5 (0.75 g, 60%).
1.13.4 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 4 (0.9 g, 4.8 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added LiAlH4 (0.27 g, 7.2 mmol) at 16° C. The mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 5 h. The mixture was quenched with water and filtered. t CbzCl (1.2 g, 7.2 mmol) was added to the filtrate. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 12 h. The resulting mixture was diluted with EA (20 mL) and washed with brine (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give Compound 5 (0.75 g, 60%).
1.13.5 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of Compound 5 (0.75 g, 2.3 mmol) in acetone (15 mL) and water (5 mL) was added TosOH (0.6 g, 3.4 mmol) at 16° C. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 12 h. The resulting mixture was diluted with EA (20 mL) and washed with brine (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give Compound 6 (0.3 g, 50%).
1.13.6 Preparation of Compound 7




To a solution of Compound 6 (0.30 g, 1.1 mmol) in THF (15 mL), was added NaBH4 (50 mg, 1.3 mmol) at 16° C. The mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 3 h. The resulting mixture was diluted with EA (20 mL) and washed with brine (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give Compound 7 (0.30 g, 98%).
1.13.8 Preparation of Compound A24




To a solution of Compound 7 (0.30 g, 1.1 mmol) in MeOH (25 mL) was added Pd/C (50 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 25° C. for 16 h under H2 atmosphere. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (0.14 g, 98%).
1.14 Preparation of A25




1.14.1 Preparation of Compound 3




To a mixture of Indium (19.75 g, 172.03 mmol, 1.30 Eq) and 3-bromoprop-1-ene (20.81 g, 172.03 mmol, 1.30 Eq) in H2O (400 mL), was added 2-chloroacetaldehyde (25.97 g, 132.33 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in one portion at 25° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hr. Then the mixture was filtered, the filtrate was extracted with EtOAc, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, concentrated to afford 1-chloropent-4-en-2-ol (13.00 g, 107.81 mmol, 81.47% yield) as yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ5.79-5.89 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.25 (m, 2H), 3.86-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.59 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.24 (brs, 1H).
1.14.2 Preparation of Compound 5




A mixture of 1-chloropent-4-en-2-ol (23.40 g, 194.06 mmol, 1.00 Eq) and prop-2-en-1-amine (33.00 g, 578.03 mmol, 2.98 Eq) was stirred at 90° C. for 16 hr. The mixture was cooled to 25° C. and concentrated in reduced pressure at 60° C. The residue was poured into ice-water (w/w=1/1) (150 mL) and stirred for 20 min. The aqueous phase was extracted with EA. The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (200 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM:MeOH=30/1 to 10/1) to afford 1-(allylamino)pent-4-en-2-ol (16.00 g, 113.31 mmol, 58.39% yield) as yellow oil.
1.14.3 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of 1-(allylamino)pent-4-en-2-ol (4.23 g, 29.96 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DCM (50 mL) was added CbzCl (6.13 g, 35.95 mmol, 1.20 Eq) and TEA (6.06 g, 59.92 mmol, 2.00 Eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4 hr. TLC detected the material was consumed completely, the mixture was washed with water, the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting with PE:EA=10:1) to afford desired product benzyl N-allyl-N-(2-hydroxypent-4-enyl) carbamate (6.10 g, 22.15 mmol, 73.95% yield) as yellow oil. LCMS: 276.0 [M+1].
1.14.4 Preparation of Compound 7




To a solution of benzyl N-allyl-N-(2-hydroxypent-4-enyl)carbamate (6.10 g, 22.15 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DCM (400 mL) was added Zhan catalyst 1B (812.63 mg, 1.11 mmol, 0.05 Eq) under N2 protection. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hr under N2 protection. Then TLC detected the reaction was completed, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, eluting with PE:EA=2:1) to afford benzyl 3-hydroxy-2,3,4,7-tetrahydroazepine-1-carboxylate (2.60 g, 10.51 mmol, 47.47% yield) as yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.30-7.46 (m, 5H), 5.63-5.89 (m, 2H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 3.96-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.70 (m, 1H), 2.43 (m, 2H).
1.14.5 Preparation of Compound 8




To a solution of benzyl 3-hydroxy-2,3,4,7-tetrahydroazepine-1-carboxylate (300.00 mg, 1.21 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added ZnEt2 (2 M, 1.21 mL, 2.00 Eq) at 0° C. under N2 protection. Then the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 mins, and ClCH2I (533.55 mg, 3.03 mmol, 2.50 Eq) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hrs. LCMS detected 75% desired product and 15% material remained. The mixture was poured into NH4Cl solution, and extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, the residue was diluted in THF (3 mL) and H2O (3 mL), NaIO4 (258.81 mg, 1.21 mmol, 1.00 Eq) and K2OsO4 (230.21 mg, 1.21 mmol, 1.00 Eq) was added, the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 mins, then the reaction was quenched by saturated Na2SO3, extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=3:1) to afford benzyl 3-hydroxy-5-azabicyclo [5.1.0]octane-5-carboxylate (110.00 mg, 420.94 umol, 34.79% yield) as colorless oil. LCMS: 262.0 [M+1].
1.14.6 Preparation of Compound A25




To a solution of benzyl 3-hydroxy-5-azabicyclo[5.1.0]octane-5-carboxylate (110.00 mg, 420.94 umol, 1.00 Eq) in MeOH (10 mL) was added Pd—C under N2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 at 25° C. for 4 hr. TLC showed the starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter was concentrated to give 5-azabicyclo[5.1.0]octan-3-ol (37.00 mg, 290.93 umol, 69.11% yield) as colorless oil.
1.15 Preparation of A26/A27







1.15.1 Preparation of Compound 2A and 2B




At ice bath, to a solution of compound 1 (9.0 g, 23.2 mmol)) in THF (135 mL) was added BH3-Me2S (7.0 mL, 70.0 mmol). After the solution stirring at rt overnight, 3 M NaOH (9.3 mL, 27.8 mmol) and H2O2 (14.7 g, 116.0 mmol) were added in turn at ice bath and stirred at rt for 2 hrs. The mixture was quenched with Na2SO3 solution, extracted with EtOAc (200 mL*2) and the organic layer was concentrated to give a crude mixed product, which was used for the next step directly (9.36 g, 99.6%).
1.15.2 Preparation of Compound 3A and 3B




A mixture of Compound 2A and 2B (9.36 g, 23.0 mmol) and Dess-Martin reagent (11.72 g, 27.6 mmol) in DCM (160 mL) was stirred at rt under N2 overnight. The mixture was quenched with Na2SO3 solution, extracted with DCM (150 mL*2) and the organic layer was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by Biotage chromatography to give the Compound 3A (4.6 g) and Compound 3B (2.2 g). LCMS: 427 [M+23]
Compound 10A 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, 10A): δ ppm: 8.27-8.30 (m, 2H), 7.93-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.43 (m, 5H), 4.60-4.67 (m, 2H), 4.05 (d, J=18.2 Hz, 1H), 3.82-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.75 (d, J=18.2 Hz, 1H), 3.62-3.66 (dd, J=14.6 Hz, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.32-3.37 (dd, J=14.6 Hz, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.63-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.86 (m, 1H).
Compound 10B 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, 10B): δ ppm: 8.18-8.21 (m, 2H), 7.94-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.37 (m, 5H), 4.62 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 3.75-3.93 (m, 3H), 3.49-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.02-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.71 (m, 2H).
1.15.3 Preparation of Compound 4A




A solution of Compound 3A (4.6 g, 11.4 mmol) and NaBH4 (0.43 g, 11.4 mmol) in MeOH (40 mL) and THF (20 mL) was stirred at rt for 30 minutes. The mixture was quenched with NH4Cl solution, evaporated the solvent, extracted with EA (150 mL*2) and the organic layer was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by Biotage chromatography to give the desired product as a white solid (4.21 g, 91%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 8.28-8.34 (m, 2H), 7.98-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.38 (m, 5H), 4.48-4.58 (m, 2H), 4.00-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.84 (m, 1.4H), 3.54-3.57 (m, 1.6H), 3.28-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.23 (m, 0.6H), 3.03-3.09 (m, 0.4H), 2.42-2.67 (m, 1H), 1.60-2.14 (m, 4H).
1.15.4 Preparation of Compound 5A




To a solution of Compound 5A (1.8 g, 4.4 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added DAST (1.78 g, 11 mmol) at −60° C. under N2. The solution was stirred at ice bath for 2 hrs. Quenched with NaHCO3 solution, extracted with DCM (100 mL*2) and the organic layer was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by Biotage chromatography to give the desired product as a white solid (480 mg, 26.7%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 8.25 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.40 (m, 5H), 4.80-4.93 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.57 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.75 (m, 5H), 1.78-2.07 (m, 4H).
1.15.5 Preparation of Compound 6A




At ice bath, to a solution of Compound 5A (480 mg, 1.17 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was added LiOH (296 mg, 7.06 mmol), followed by HSCH2CO2H (216 mg, 2.35 mmol) under N2. The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. Boc2O (279 mg, 1.29 mmol) was added and stirred at rt for another 30 minutes. The mixture was quenched with NaClO solution, extracted with EA (50 mL*2) and the organic layer was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by silica gel chromatography to give the desired product as an oil (300 mg, 79.3%). LCMS: 346 [M+23]
1.15.6 Preparation of Compound 7A




To a solution of Compound 6A (300 mg, 0.9 mmol) in CH3OH (50 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (300 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 60° C. under 50 Psi of hydrogen pressure overnight. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the desired product as oil (160 mg, 73.7%).
1.15.6 Preparation of Compound 26A




4M HCl-MeOH (10 mL) was added to Compound 13A (160 mg, 0.68 mmol). Then the solution was stirred at rt for 10 minutes. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was basified with Et3N. It was used for the next step directly.
1.15.7 Preparation of Compound 4B




A solution of Compound 3B (2.2 g, 5.4 mmol) and NaBH4 (0.20 g, 5.4 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) and THF (10 mL) was stirred at rt for 1 hr. The mixture was quenched with NH4Cl solution, evaporated the solvent, extracted with EA (50 mL*2) and the organic layer was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by Biotage chromatography to give the desired product as an oil (1.79 g, 81%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, 9B): δ ppm: 8.27-8.33 (m, 2H), 7.94-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.35 (m, 5H), 4.52-4.58 (m, 2H), 4.11-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.17-3.41 (m, 2H), 1.84-2.21 (m, 4H).
1.15.8 Preparation of Compound 5B




To a solution of Compound 4B (2.16 g, 5.3 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was added DAST (2.14 g, 13.3 mmol) at −60° C. under N2. The solution was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. The mixture was quenched with NaHCO3 solution, extracted with DCM (100 mL*2) and the organic layer was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by silica gel chromatography to give the desired product as a slight yellow solid (1.48 g, 68%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 8.30-8.33 (m, 2H), 7.94-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.40 (m, 5H), 4.75-5.04 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.66 (m, 2H), 3.11-3.96 (m, 5H), 2.01-2.27 (m, 4H).
1.15.9 Preparation of Compound 6B




At ice bath, to a solution of Compound 5B (560 mg, 1.37 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was added LiOH (346 mg, 8.23 mmol), followed by 2-mercaptoacetic acid (252 mg, 2.74 mmol) under N2. The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. Boc2O (444 mg, 2.06 mmol) was added and stirred at rt for another 30 minutes. Quenched with NaClO solution, extracted with EA (50 mL*2) and the organic layer was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by silica gel chromatography to give the desired product as an oil (300 mg, 67.8%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 7.30-7.40 (m, 5H), 4.94-5.05 (m, 1H), 4.57-4.65 (m, 2H), 3.59-4.09 (m, 3H), 2.95-3.32 (m, 2H), 1.99-2.40 (m, 4H), 1.43-1.49 (m, 9H).
1.15.10 Preparation of Compound 7B




To a solution of Compound 6B (300 mg, 0.9 mmol) in CH3OH (20 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 (200 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 60° C. under 50 Psi of hydrogen pressure overnight. The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the desired product as oil (200 mg, 91.7%).
1.15.11 Preparation of Compound A27




4M HCl-MeOH (10 mL) was added to Compound 7B (190 mg, 0.81 mmol). Then the solution was stirred at rt for 10 minutes. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was basified with Et3N. It was used for the next step directly.
1.16 Preparation of A28




1.16.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a mixture of 1,3-dichloropropan-2-one (20.00 g, 157.52 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in THF (94 mL), was added PPh3 (37.18 g, 141.77 mmol, 0.90 Eq) in one portion at 14° C. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 18 hr. The monophosphonium chloride thus formed was isolated by filtration and then treated with a solution of Na2CO3 (20.03 g, 189.02 mmol, 1.20 Eq)/MeOH (250 mL)—H2O (250 mL) at 14° C. After 18 hr, a precipitate appeared, and was filtered from the solution to give compound 2 (55.57 g, 82.78%) as white solid.
1.16.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a mixture of tert-butyl N-but-3-enylcarbamate (3.16 g, 18.42 mmol, 1.30 Eq) in THF (20 mL), was added n-BuLi (2.5 M, 14.74 mL, 2.60 Eq) at −78° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at −20° C. for 1 hr. Then 1-chloro-3-(triphenyl phosphoranylidene)propan-2-one (5.00 g, 14.17 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in THF (20 mL) was added to the mixture at −78° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at −20° C. for 3 hr. The resulting mixture was poured into water (30 mL) and stirred for 20 min. The aqueous phase was extracted with EA (10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (20 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=1/1) to afford tert-butyl but-3-en-1-yl(2-oxo-3-(triphenylphosphoranylidene) propyl)carbamate (5.80 g, 11.90 mmol, 83.98% yield) as yellow solid.
1.16.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a mixture of tert-butyl N-but-3-enyl-N-[2-oxo-3-(triphenyl-phosphanylidene) propyl]carbamate (5.80 g, 11.90 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in THF (30 mL), was added HCHO (96.58 g, 1.19 mol, 100.00 Eq) in one portion at 18° C. The mixture was stirred at 18° C. for 15 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was extracted with PE (100 mL*3). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (200 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=50/1, 40/1) to afford tert-butyl N-but-3-enyl-N-(2-oxobut-3-enyl)carbamate (1.40 g, 5.85 mmol, 49.16% yield) as yellow solid.
1.16.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a mixture of tert-butyl N-but-3-enyl-N-(2-oxobut-3-enyl)carbamate (1.50 g, 6.27 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DCM (250 mL), was added Zhan catalyst 1B (150.00 mg, 204.43 umol, 0.03 Eq) in one portion at 18° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 18° C. for 10 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=30/1, 20/1) to afford tert-butyl 6-oxo-3,7-dihydro-2H-azepine-1-carboxylate (850.00 mg, 4.02 mmol, 64.17% yield) as yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 6.36-6.64 (m, 1H), 5.88-6.14 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.16 (s, 1H), 3.51-3.68 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.78 (m, 2H), 1.46 (d, J=17.32 Hz, 1H)
1.16.5 Preparation of Compound 7




To a mixture of tert-butyl 6-oxo-3,7-dihydro-2H-azepine-1-carboxylate (540.00 mg, 2.56 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in BnOH (2.76 g, 25.56 mmol, 10.00 Eq), was added t-BuOK (28.68 mg, 255.61 umol, 0.10 Eq) in one portion under N2. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 hours. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was poured into water (100 mL) and stirred for 20 min. The aqueous phase was extracted with EA (40 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (20 mL*3), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford tert-butyl 5-benzyloxy-3-oxo-azepane-1-carboxylate (1.50 g, crude) as yellow oil.
1.16.6 Preparation of Compound 8




To a mixture of tert-butyl tert-butyl 5-benzyloxy-3-oxo-azepane-1-carboxylate (700.00 mg, 2.19 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in EtOH (30 mL) was added NaBH4 (99.49 mg, 2.63 mmol, 1.20 Eq) in one portion under N2. The mixture was stirred at 18° C. for 6 hours. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was poured water (150 mL) and stirred for 20 min. The aqueous phase was extracted with EA (90 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (80 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=10/1, 2/1) to afford tert-butyl 5-benzyloxy-3-hydroxy-azepane-1-carboxylate (510.00 mg, 1.59 mmol, 72.55% yield) as yellow oil, which was purified by pre-HPLC (FA) to afford 193 mg (D1) and 190 mg (D2).
1.16.7 Preparation of Compound 9




To a mixture of tert-butyl 5-benzyloxy-3-hydroxy-azepane-1-carboxylate (200.00 mg, 622.26 umol, 1.00 Eq, D2) in DCM (20 mL), was added DAST (200.60 mg, 1.24 mmol, 2.00 Eq) at −78° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was poured into saturated NaHCO3 (10 mL) and stirred for 5 min. The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (10 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with NaClO4 (5 mL), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=15/1) to afford tert-butyl 5-benzyloxy-3-fluoro-azepane-1-carboxylate (163.00 mg, 504.02 umol, 81.00% yield, D2) as yellow oil.
1.16.8 Preparation of Compound 10




To a solution of tert-butyl 5-benzyloxy-3-fluoro-azepane-1-carboxylate (163.00 mg, 504.02 umol, 1.00 Eq, D2) in MeOH (20 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 (30.00 mg, N/A) under N2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 (15 psi) at 20° C. for 12 hours. TLC (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=3:1) showed the starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter was concentrated to give tert-butyl 3-fluoro-5-hydroxy-azepane-1-carboxylate (115.00 mg, 492.97 umol, 97.81% yield, D2) as yellow oil.
1.16.9 Preparation of A28




To a mixture of tert-butyl 3-fluoro-5-hydroxy-azepane-1-carboxylate (115.00 mg, 492.97 umol, 1.00 Eq, D2) in DCM (3 mL), was added TFA (1 mL) at 25° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum to afford 6-fluoroazepan-4-ol (240.00 mg, crude, D2) as yellow oil.
1.17 Preparation of A29




1.17.1 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of Compound 1 (8.7 g, 65.7 mmol) in DMF (120 mL) was added Compound 2 (3.5 g, 32.7 mmol) followed by K2CO3 (9.06 g, 65.7 mmol). The mixture was heated to 100° C. for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (100 mL), and washed with H2O (100 mL×3). The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product 3 as colorless oil (5.1 g, 72.5%). LCMS: 256 [M+1].
1.17.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 3 (1.5 g, 6.97 mmol) in tolene (15 mL) was added CbzCl (1.42 g, 8.37 mmol). The mixture was heated to 110° C. for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved with water and EA. The organic layer was washed with aq. Na2CO3, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product 4 as colorless oil (1.24 g, Yield: 68.9%). LCMS: 260 [M+1].
1.17.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 4 (1.0 g, 3.86 mmol) in DCM (60 mL) was added Dichloride Zhan catalyst 1B (150 mg, CAS: 918870-76-5). The mixture was purged with N2 for 10 min and stirred at 20° C. for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product 5 as colorless oil (800 mg, Yield: 89.7%). LCMS: 232 [M+1].
1.17.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 5 (800 mg, 3.46 mmol) in DCM (30 mL), was added m-CPBA (774 mg, 4.5 mmol). The mixture stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The solution was quenched by aq. Na2SO3, and extracted with DCM (60 mL*2). The organic combined phase was dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give desired compound 7 as colorless oil (812 mg, Yield: 95.9%). LCMS: 248 [M+1].
1.17.5 Preparation of Compound 7




Compound 7 (812 mg, 3.31 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL), then concentrated H2SO4 (200 mg) was added. The mixture stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solution was neutralized with aq.Na2CO3 to pH=7. The resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was extracted with EA (60 mL*2). The combined organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product 8 as colorless of (778 mg, Yield: 84.9%). LCMS: 280 [M+1].
1.17.6 Preparation of A29




To a solution of Compound 7 (778 mg, 2.8 mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (100 mg) under N2. The mixture was stirred under H2 balloon at 23° C. for 2 h. The mixture was filtrated, the filtrate was concentrated to give the desired product 8 (310 mg, Yield: 78%).
1.18 Preparation of A20/A21







1.18.1 Preparation of Compound 2/2′




To a solution of Compound 1 (1.8 g, 5.8 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added BH3.Me2S (1.2 mL, 10 M) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 12 h. To the reaction mixture was added NaOH (2.3 mL, 3 M) and H2O2 (3.3 g, 29.0 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 12 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with Na2SO3 (Sat.) and extracted with EA (150 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give compound 2 and compound 2′ (1.8 g, crude), which was used in the next step directly.
1.18.2 Preparation of Compound 3/3′




To a solution of Compound 2 and Compound 2′(1.8 g, crude) in DCM (40 mL) was added Dess-Martin (3.5 g, 8.2 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 16 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with Na2SO3 (Sat.) and extracted with DCM (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give compound 3 (0.58 g, 32%)1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=8.39-8.42 (m, 2H), 8.02-8.05 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 2.90-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.70 (m, 2H) and compound 3′ (0.86 g, 48%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=8.39-8.43 (m, 2H), 8.02-8.05 (m, 2H), 4.04-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.79 (m, 1H).
1.18.3 Preparation of Compound 4′




To a solution of Compound 3′(0.86 g, 2.6 mmol) in EtOH (15 mL) was added NaBH4 (0.15 g, 3.9 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 18° C. for 1 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (Sat.) and extracted with EA (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give compound 4′ (0.86 g, crude), which was used in the next step directly.
1.18.4 Preparation of Compound 5′




To a solution of Compound 4′(0.86 g, 2.6 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added LiOH.H2O (0.64 g, 15.6 mmol) and HSCH2COOH (0.48 g, 5.3 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 2 h. Then Boc2O (0.85 g, 5.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for another 1 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NaClO (aq.) and extracted with EA (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (0.39 g, 61%).
1.18.5 Preparation of A20




To a solution of Compound 5′(390 mg, 1.6 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (3 mL) and stirred at 16° C. for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product (360 mg, contained TFA).
1.18.6 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 3 (0.58 g, 1.8 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added NaBH4 (0.10 g, 2.7 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 18° C. for 1 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (Sat.) and extracted with EA (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (0.47 g, 81%).
1.18.7 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 4 (0.47 g, 1.4 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added LiOH.H2O (0.35 g, 8.5 mmol) and HSCH2COOH (0.26 g, 2.8 mmol) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 2 h. Then Boc2O (0.47 g, 2.1 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for another 1 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with NaClO (aq.) and extracted with EA (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (0.20 g, 57%).
1.18.8 Preparation of A21




To a solution of Compound 5 (201 mg, 0.82 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added TFA (3 mL) and stirred at 16° C. for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product (182 mg, TFA).
1.19 Preparation of Compound A34




1.19.1 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of Compound 1 (50.00 g, 310.17 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DMF (500 mL), the mixture was cooled to −10° C., then NaH (27.29 g, 682.37 mmol, 2.20 Eq) was added, the mixture was stirred for 40 min at 0° C., and compound 2 (38.77 g, 310.17 mmol, 1.00 Eq) was dropwised at −5-0° C., the mixture was stirred at 18° C. for 3 hr, TLC (PE:EA=3:1) shown the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was poured into ice-water, extracted with EA (200 mL) and the organic phase was washed with more water (300*3), dried over NaSO4, concentrated, The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=5/1) to afford Compound 3 (30.00 g, 140.67 mmol, 45.35% yield) as yellow solid.
1.19.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 3 (1.00 g, 4.69 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added m-CPBA (1.21 g, 7.04 mmol, 1.50 Eq), the mixture was stirred at 18° C. for 2 hr, TLC (PE:EA=3:1) shown the reaction was completed, the mixture was washed with NaSO3 (30 mL*5), the organic phase was dried and concentrated, The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=10/1) to afford compound 4 (700.00 mg, 3.05 mmol, 65.10% yield) as colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ3.91-3.54 (m, 8H), 2.78-2.73 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
1.19.3 Preparation of Compound 5




Compound 4 (600.00 mg, 2.62 mmol, 1.00 Eq) was added into HF-Et3N (15 mL), the mixture was stirred at 18° C. for 12 hr, TLC (PE:EA=3:1) shown the reaction was almost completed, the mixture was poured into ice sat.NaHCO3 (80 mL), extracted with EA (80 mL*2), washed with brine, The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=7/1) to afford Compound 5 (190.00 mg, 762.20 umol, 29.09% yield) as colorless oil.
1.19.4 Preparation of Compound A34




Compound 5 (190.00 mg, 762.20 umol, 1.00 Eq) was added HCl-dioxane (5 mL) and stirred for 30 min at 17° C., TLC (PE:EA=1:1) shown the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated to give compound B (100.00 mg, 670.42 umol, 87.96% yield).
1.20 Preparation of Compound A35/36




1.20.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of methylmagnesium bromide (2.5 M, 4.46 mL, 3.00 Eq) in THF (30 mL) under N2 at 0° C., was added compound 1 (800.00 mg, 3.72 mmol, 1.00 Eq) and remained the temperature was 0-5° C., the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr, TLC (PE:EA=3:1) shown the reaction was almost completed, the solution was poured into ice sat.NH4Cl(50 mL), extracted with EA and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=5/1, to afford compound 2 (560.00 mg, 2.42 mmol, 65.09% yield) as colorless oil.
1.20.2 Preparation of Compound A35




To a solution of compound 2 (560.00 mg, 2.42 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in MeOH (10 mL) was added HCl-MeOH (10 mL), the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, TLC (PE:EA=1:1) shown the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated to give compound A (530.00 mg, crude) as a light yellow solid.
1.21 Preparation of A62




1.21.1 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of Vinylmagnesium Bromide (9.15 g, 69.69 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added Compound 1 (3.0 g, 13.94 mmol) under N2 at −10° C. Then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 h. TLC monitored that the reaction completed. The mixture was poured into aq. NH4Cl (300 mL) and stirred for 20 min. The aqueous phase was extracted with EA (100 mL*3). The combined organic phase were dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=6/1, 5/1) to afford the desired product compound 3 (2.05 g, 8.43 mmol, 60.44%) as yellow oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 5.93 (dd, J=17.1, 10.7 Hz, 1H), 5.39-5.56 (m, 1H), 5.19 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.63-3.97 (m, 5H), 3.08-3.59 (m, 3H), 1.41-1.60 (m, 9H).
1.21.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 3 (500 mg, 2.06 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added BH3/Me2S (0.5 mL, 5.14 mmol, 10M) at 0° C., then warmed slowly to 25° C., and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The solution was poured into aq. NaOH (3.0 mL, 10.3 mmol, 3M), followed by H2O2 (1.17 g, 10.3 mmol, 30%) at 0° C. the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h, TLC monitored that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was washed by aq. Na2SO3 (50 mL*2), extracted by EA (80 mL*3). The organic layers were concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography (PE:EA=5:1, 2:1) to give the desired product (210 mg, 39%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 3.31-4.02 (m, 9H), 3.06-3.29 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.54 (m, 9H)
1.21.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 4 (210 mg, 0.8 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was added NaH (48 mg, 1.2 mmol, 60%) at 0° C. After stirring for 30 min, a solution of MeI (0.8 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added dropwise, and stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. TLC monitored that the reaction was completed. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with EA. The combined organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified through column chromatography (PE/EA=5/1, 3/1) to give the desired product compound 5 (90 mg, 41%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 3.25-3.94 (m, 14H), 1.75-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.43-1.56 (m, 9H)
1.21.4 Preparation of Amine A62




To a solution of compound 5 (350 mg, 1.27 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added TFA (2 mL). The formed mixture was stirred for 2 h, and concentrated to give the desired product which was used for the next step directly (210 mg, 94%).
1.22 Preparation of A37




1.22.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of compound 1 (400 mg, 1.84 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) added TEA (557.5 mg, 5.52 mmol), Ac2O (376 mg, 3.69 mmol) followed by DMAP (44.9 mg, 0.33 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 12° C. for 2 h. The mixture was extracted with EA (50 mL*2). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel to give compound 2 as colorless oil (450 mg, 94.4%).
1.22.2 Preparation of A37




Compound 2 was treated with HCl/dioxane (4 M) to afford compound 3.
1.23 Preparation of A38-41




RX:




1.23.1 Preparation of Compound 2




RX:




To a solution of Compound 1 (2.36 g, 10.95 mmol) in DMF (23 mL) added NaH (1.26 g, 31.5 mmol) portion-wise at 0° C. The mixture was attired at 0° C. for 40 min. RX (219 mmol) added dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was attired at 19° C. for 1 h. The mixture was poured into ice-water, extracted with EA. The combined organic layer was washed with H2O, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified through a silica gel column to give Compound 2.
1.23.2 Preparation of A38-41




To a solution of Compound 2 (7.73 mmol) in Dioxane (2 mL) added HCl/Dioxane (4M) (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 19° C. for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give Compound A38-41.
1.24 Procedure for Preparation of A42




1.24.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of Compound 1 (3.0 g, 13.9 mmol) in Toluene (30 mL) added Na2CO3 (736.7 mg, 69.5 mmol) followed by [Ir(COD)Cl]2 (189 mg, 0.28 mmol). The mixture was degassed under vacuo and purged with N2 several times. Vinyl acetate (4.78 g, 55.5 mmol) added by syringe. The reaction mixture was heated to 110° C. for 16 h. The mixture was cooled to 11° C. and extracted with EA. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give Compound 1 as colorless oil (1.0 g, 29.8%).
1.24.2 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of Compound 2 (1.0 g, 4.2 mmol) in THF (5.0 mL) added Pd(OAc)2 (189.8 mg, 0.84 mmol), followed by CH2N2/Et2O (100 mL). The mixture was stirred at 8° C. for 16 h. The mixture was quenched by aq.HCl (10 mL) (3N). The mixture was extracted with EA. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in THF/H2O (10 mL/10 mL) and added NaIO4 (1.8 g, 8.4 mmol) and KOsO4.2H2O (66.2 mg, 0.21 mmol). The mixture was attired at 8° C. for 40 min. The mixture was extracted with EA. The organic layer was washed with aq.Na2SO3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography PE:EA=15:1 to give Compound 3 as brown oil (240 mg, 22.4%)
1.24.3 Preparation of A42




To a solution of Compound 3 (100 mg, 0.39 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) added TFA (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 8° C. for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum to give Compound 3 as brown oil (91 mg, crude).
1.25 Procedure for A43




1.25.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of compound 1 (10 g, 129.8 mmol) in DCM (150 mL) added Boc2O (28 g, 129.8 mmol) followed by TEA (19.7 g, 194.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 12° C. for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel PE:EA (10:1) to give compound 2 as colorless oil (18.3 g, 79.9%).
1.25.2 Preparation of Compound 4




Compound 2 (1.0 g, 6.2 mmol) and compound 3 (960.8 mg, 10.5 mmol) in EtOH (12 mL) were cooled to 0° C. and treated with K2CO3 (960.8 mg, 6.96 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 12 r for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (100 mL) and filtered through celite. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to give compound 4 as colorless oil (1.4 g, 83.8%).
1.25.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of compound 4 (500 mg, 2.14 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) added NaH (246.7 mg, 6.4 mmol) portionwise at −5° C. After stirring for 30 min at 0° C., the mixture was allowed to stir at 16° C. for 2 h. The mixture was poured into ice-water with stirring, extracted with EA (30 mL*2). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel PE:EA (15:1) to give compound 5 as brown oil (140 mg, crude).
1.25.4 Preparation of A42




Compound 5 was treated with HCl/MeOH (4 M) to afford compound D.
1.26 Procedure for A44




1.26.1 Preparation of Compound 3




A mixture of Compound 1 (4.0 g, 37.3 mmol) and Compound 2 (10 g, 74.7 mmol), K2CO3 (12.9 g, 93.4 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was heated at 120° C. for 16 hrs. The mixture was poured into water (200 mL), extracted with EA (100 mL×3), and the organic layer was washed with brine (150 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=1:1 to PE:EA=1:0) to give desired compound 3 (5.1 g, 63.5%) as brown oil.
1.26.2 Preparation of Compound 4




A solution of Compound 3 (5.1 g, 23.7 mmol) and CbzCl (4.4 g, 26.1 mmol) in toluene (100 mL) was heated at 110° C. for 16 hrs. Then the mixture was concentrated to dryness, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=5:1 to PE:EA=2:1) to give desired compound 4 (4.5 g, 72.5%) as brown oil.
1.26.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 4 (4.5 g, 17.3 mmol) in DCM (350 mL) was added Zhan Catalyst (22.1 mg, 0.86 mmol), the mixture was stirred at 25° C.-30° C. for 16 hour. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=20:1 to PE:EA=10:1) to give desired compound 5 (2.7 g, 71.5%) as a colorless oil.
1.26.4 Preparation of Compound 6




A mixture of NaHCO3 (2.43 g, 29.1 mmol) and RuCl3 (200 mg, 1.08 mmol) in EA/MECN/H2O (72 ml/72 ml/12 ml) was added oxone (35.3 g, 58.0 mmol), then compound 5 (2.7 g, 11.6 mmol) was added into the above mixture. And the reaction was stirred at 40° C. for 10 min, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was washed with Na2SO3 (100 ml), the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified with column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=5:1 to 1:1) to give compound 6 (1.7 g, 54.5%) as colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ=7.41-7.28 (m, 5H), 5.21-5.06 (m, 2H), 4.45 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.16 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.84 (d, J=15.1 Hz, 1H), 3.34-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.07 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.62 (m, 1H)
1.26.5 Preparation of Compound 7




To a mixture of compound 6 (1.7 g, 6.50 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added DMAP (1.2 g, 9.7 mmol) in one portion, followed by Ac2O (0.8 g, 7.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified with column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=5:1 to 3:1) to give compound 7 (1.5 g, 79.5%) as colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ=7.43-7.30 (m, 5H), 5.30-5.23 (m, 1H), 5.18-5.07 (m, 2H), 4.10-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.75 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.53-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.86 (td, J=3.3, 6.5 Hz, 1H)
1.26.6 Preparation of Compound 8




To a solution of compound 7 (1.7 g, 4.9 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was added a solution of DAST (3.18 g, 19.6 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) drop-wise at −60° C. over a period of 30 mins under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for another 12 hrs. TLC (PE:EtOAc=1:1) showed the starting material was consumed completely. The reaction was poured into waster and then extracted with DCM (50 mL*3). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (50 mL*2), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography silica gel (PE/EA=3/1, 1/1) to afford compound 8 (0.71 g, 44.31% yield) as yellow soil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ=7.42-7.30 (m, 5H), 5.25-5.14 (m, 3H), 3.75-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.33 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.28-1.98 (m, 6H)
1.26.7 Preparation of Compound 9




To a mixture of compound 8 (770 mg, 2.35 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added K2CO3 (260 mg, 1.8 mmol) in one portion, the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 1 h. The mixture poured into water (20 ml), extracted with EtOAc (20 ml), the combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 ml) and concentrated to dryness to give compound 9 (560 mg, 83.3%).
1.26.8 Preparation of A44




To a solution of compound 9 (560 mg, 1.96 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (10%, 56 mg) under N2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 (50 psi) at 40° C. for 16 hours. TLC (PE:EtOAc=1:1) showed the starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter was concentrated to give compound B (280 mg, 95.53% yield) as yellow solid.
1.27 Preparation of A45




1.27.1 Preparation of Compound 3




To a mixture of compound 1 (20.00 g, 119.31 mmol, HCl salt) in MeOH (200 mL) was added TEA (12.07 g, 119.31 mmol) and compound 2 (12.66 g, 119.31 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in one portion at 16° C. The mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 16 h. The mixture was added NaBH4 (2.71 g, 71.59 mmol) portion-wise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 1 h. The mixture was quenched by H2O (50 mL). The mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography to give compound 3 as white solid (15.60 g, 50.73% yield).
1.27.2 Preparation of Compound 5




To a mixture of compound 3 (9.00 g, 31.27 mmol,) and compound 4 (3.73 g, 31.27 mmol) in MeOH (90 mL)/H2O (10 mL) was added Na2CO3 (3.98 g, 37.53 mmol) followed by formalin (3.30 g, 40.66 mmol) in one portion at 16° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 16 h. The mixture was extracted with EA (400 mL*3). The combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford compound 5 as brown oil (8.90 g, 74.42%).
1.27.3 Preparation of Compound 7




To a mixture of Zn (3.08 g, 47.06 mmol) in THF (90 mL) was added TMSCl (2.68 g, 24.71 mmol, 1.05 Eq) slowly below 30° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 10 min. Compound 6 (5.25 g, 25.89 mmol, 1.10 Eq) was added slowly below 30° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for another 10 min. A solution of compound 5 (9.00 g, 23.53 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in THF (10 mL) added slowly. While keep inner temperature was below 30° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for another 16 h. The mixture was quenched by aq.NaHCO3 (5 mL). The precipitate was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted with EA (100 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with 1M HCl (10 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 7 as colorless oil (4.00 g, 44%).
1.27.4 Preparation of Compound 8




To a solution of compound 7 (4.00 g, 10.32 mmol) in THF (80 mL) was added t-BuOK (1.74 g, 15.49 mmol) in one portion at 15° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 3 hr. The mixture was poured into aq.NH4Cl and extracted with EA (10 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (200 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 8 as yellow oil (2.50 g, 70.97%).
1.27.5 Preparation of Compound 9




Compound 8 (2.50 g, 7.32 mmol) was dissolved in HCl (50 mL). The mixture was heated to 100° C. and stirred for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to 25° C. and concentrated in vacuo to afford compound 9 as brown oil (1.52 g, 72%).
1.27.6 Preparation of Compound 10




To a solution of compound 9 (1.52 g, 5.29 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added NaBH4 (200.14 mg, 5.29 mmol) portion-wise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 hr. Then the mixture was poured into aq.NH4Cl and extracted with EA (10 mL*2). The combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford compound 10 as yellow oil (1.39 g, 96.85%).
1.27.7 Preparation of Compound A45




To a solution of compound 10 (1.39 g, 5.12 mmol) in MeOH (60 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (10%, 0.2 g) under N2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 (15 psi) at 15° C. for 3 hours. TLC (PE:EtOAc=3:1) showed the starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to give compound A as colorless oil (511.00 mg, 66.03%).
1.27 Preparation of A46




The procedure for preparation of amine B was the similar with amine A. LDA was used to cyclization step from compound 5 to compound 6.
1.28 Preparation of A47




1.28.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of compound 1 (5.00 g, 17.52 mmol,) in DMF (50 mL) was added K2CO3 (4.84 g, 35.04 mmol) followed by MeI (3.73 g, 26.28 mmol) portion-wise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 16 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was cooled to r.t. and concentrated in reduced pressure at 60° C. The residue was poured into ice-water (w/w=1/1) (150 mL) and stirred for 20 min. The aqueous phase was extracted with EA (400 mL*3). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (200 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 2 as yellow solid (3.60 g, 68.64%).
1.28.2 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of compound 2 (15.00 g, 50.11 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in MeOH (100 mL) was added KOH (5.62 g, 100.21 mmol, 2.00 Eq) in H2O (35 mL). The mixture was heated to 60° C. for 3 hr. The mixture was cooled to r.t. and poured into aq.NH4Cl. The mixture was extracted with EA (50 mL*3). The combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford compound 3 as brown oil (9.00 g, 79.02%).
1.28.3 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of compound 3 (10.00 g, 43.99 mmol) in toluene (100 mL) was added t-BuOK (7.40 g, 65.99 mmol at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 hr. The mixture was extracted with EA. The EA layer was washed with 10% aq.NaOH (50 mL*3). Combined the water layer and adjust PH=4 and extracted with EA (100 mL*3). The EA layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford compound 4 as yellow oil (10.00 g, 89.04%).
1.28.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 4 (9.00 g, 35.25 mmol) in ACETONE (100 mL) was added K2CO3 (9.74 g, 70.50 mmol) followed by compound 5 (8.99 g, 52.88 mmol). The mixture was refluxed at 60° C. for 16 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was extracted with EA (100 mL*3). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtrated and concentrated to give the residue product, which was purified by flash chromatography to give compound 6 as yellow oil (7.80 g, 74.41%).
1.28.5 Preparation of Compound 7




To a solution of diisopropylamine (6.18 g, 61.03 mmol) in THF (80 mL) was added n-BuLi (2.5 M, 22.19 mL) dropwise at −70° C. The mixture was stirred at −10° C. for 30 min under N2. Compound 6 (5.50 g, 18.49 mmol) in THF (80 mL) was added dropwise at −70° C. When added completely, the mixture was stirred at −30-−20° C. for 30 min. Then CH3I (7.88 g, 55.48 mmol, 3.00 Eq) was added dropwise at −70° C. The mixture was allowed to stir at 20° C. for 3 hr. TLC showed starting material was nearly consumed. The mixture was poured into aq.NH4Cl and extracted with EA (40 mL*3). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (20 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to the crude product, which was purified by flash chromatography to afford compound 7 as yellow oil (1.50 g, 26.07%).
1.28.6 Preparation of Compound 8




To a solution of compound 7 (800.00 mg, 2.6 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added NaOH (205.69 mg, 5.22 mmol,) in H2O (0.8 mL). The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 16 hr. TLC showed the starting material was consumed. The mixture was adjust pH=7 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was concentrated in vacuum to give compound 8 (900.00 mg, crude).
1.28.7 Preparation of Compound 9




To a solution of compound 8 (900.00 mg, 3.73 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added LiBH4 (243.72 mg, 11.19 mmol) in one portion at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 hr. Then the mixture was quenched by aq.NH4Cl and extracted with EA (50 mL*2). The combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 9 as yellow oil (570.00 mg, 62.80%).
1.28.8 Preparation of A47




Compound 5 was treated with HCl/dioxane (4 M) to afford compound B.
1.29 Preparation of A48/49




1.29.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a mixture of Mg (31.20 g, 1.30 mol) and I2 (10 mmol) in THF (700 mL) was added compound 1 (130.00 g, 963 mmol) in THF (700 mL) dropwise at 40° C. When added completely after 1.5 hr. The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 1 hr. Acetone (75.50 g, 1.30 mol) in THF (700 mL) was added dropwise at −10° C. Then the mixture was stirred at 20° C. for another 2 hr. The mixture was quenched by aq.NH4Cl and extracted with DCM (200 mL). The mixture was distilled at ordinary pressure (190° C.) to afford compound 2 as cordless oil (60.00 g, 52.55%).
1.29.2 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of compound 2 (7.00 g, 61.30 mmol) in TFA (104.84 g, 919.50 mmol, 15.00 Eq) was added 2-chloroacetonitrile (13.88 g, 183.90 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was heated to 70° C. for 16 hr. The mixture was adjust pH=7 with aq.Na2CO3 and extracted with EA. The organic layer was concentrated and purified by FLASH CHROMATOGRAPHY to give compound 3 as yellow oil (4.20 g, 36%).
1.29.3 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of compound 3 (4.20 g, 22.14 mmol) in EtOH (40 mL) was added THIOUREA (2.02 g, 26.57 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 2 hr. Then the mixture was detected by TLC. TLC showed SM was consumed. The mixture was added HOAc (8 mL) and heated to 90° C. for 16 hours. The mixture was adjust PH=12 with aq.Na2CO3 and added CbzCl (7.55 g, 44.28 mmol) The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hr. The mixture was detected by TLC). TLC showed have DP. The mixture was extracted with EA (500 mL*2). The combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 4 as yellow oil (5.10 g, 93.14%).
1.29.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 4 (5.00 g, 20.22 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added NaH (1.37 g, 34.37 mmol) portion-wise at 0° C. under N2. When added completely. The mixture was stirred at 5° C. for 30 min. compound 5 (4.89 g, 40.44 mmol, 2.00 Eq) was added dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 27° C. for 4 h. The mixture was detected by TLC. TLC showed SM was consumed incompletely. The mixture was continued to stir at 27° C. for 2 hr. The mixture was poured into ice-water and extracted with EA (200 mL*2). The combined organic layer was washed water (100 mL*3) dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 6 as yellow solid (3.20 g, 55.07%).
1.29.5 Preparation of Compound 7




To a solution of compound 6 (3.20 g, 11.13 mmol) in DCM (60 mL) was added Grubb's 2st (320.00 mg, 388.85 umol) under N2. The mixture was stirred at 28° C. for 16 hr under N2. The mixture was detected by TLC. TLC showed SM was consumed completely. The mixture was filtrated. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum to give the residue, which was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 7 as yellow oil (2.70 g, 93.54%).
1.29.6 Preparation of Compound 8A,8B




To a solution of compound 7 (2.70 g, 10.41 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added BH3-Me2S (10 M, 3.12 mL) drop-wise at 0° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 29° C. for 16 hr. Then the mixture was added into aq.NaOH (2.08 g, 52.05 mmol, 5.00 Eq) in H2O (4 mL) dropwise at 0° C. H2O2 (N/A, 52.05 mmol, 5.00 Eq) was added into the mixture slowly. Then the mixture was stirred at 29° C. for 3 hr. The mixture was detected by TLC. TLC showed SM was consumed completely. The mixture was quenched by aq.Na2SO3 and extracted with EA (60 mL*2). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtrated and concentrated in vacuum. The residue product was purified by column chromatography to give compound 8A as colorless oil (700.00 mg, 24.24%) and Compound 8B as colorless oil (1.20 g, 41.56%).
1.29.7 Preparation of Compound A48




To a solution of f compound 8A (700.00 mg, 2.52 mmol) in MeOH (40 mL) was added Pd/C (10%, 80 mg) under N2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 (15 psi) at 27° C. for 2 hours. TLC (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1:1) showed the starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter was concentrated to give compound A48 as yellow oil (320.00 mg, 88.66%).
Compound A49 was hydrogenated from 8B.
1.30 Preparation of A50




1.30.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of compound 1 (5.0 g, 44.2 mmol) in THF (100 mL) added NaH (2.6 g, 66.3 mmol) portionwise at −5° C., while keeping inner temperature between −5-0° C. After stirring for 30 min at 0° C., BnBr (6.8 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 16 h. The mixture was poured into ice-water with stirring, extracted with EA (100 mL*2). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel PE:EA (10:1) to give compound 2 as colorless oil (6.3 g, 70.8%).
1.30.2 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of compound 2 (2.03 g, 10.0 mmol) in THF (50 mL) added LDA (10 mL) dropwise at −78° C. under N2 atmosphere. After stirring for 1 h at −78° C. dimethyl carbonate (1.8 g, 20.0 mmol) was added dropwise at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 2 h. The mixture was quenched by aq.NH4Cl, and extracted with EA (100 mL*2). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel PE:EA (1:1) to give compound 4 as colorless oil (800 mg, 30.6%).
1.30.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of LiAlH4 (340 mg, 9.2 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added a solution of compound 4 (800 mg, 3.06 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −5° C. while keeping inner temperature between −5-10° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h. H2O (0.5 mL) was added slowly, followed by NaOH (15%, 0.5 mL) and H2O (1.5 mL). The resulting mixture was filtrated. The filtrate was extracted with EA (50 mL*2). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to give compound 4 as colorless oil (488 mg, 72.5%).
1.30.4 Preparation of Compound A50




To a solution of Compound 4 (488 mg, 2.23 mmol) in MeOH (60 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 (10%, 50 mg) under N2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 (15 Psi) at 12° C. for 16 h. The mixture was filtrated, the filtrates was concentrated to give Compound A (220 mg, 76.6%).
1.31 Preparation of A51




1.31.1 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 1 (250 mg, 2.0 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TEA (0.3 mL) followed by Boc2O (426 mg, 2.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 12° C. for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by fish chromatography to give Compound 2 (350 mg, 76.6%).
1.31.2 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 3 (350 mg, 1.5 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added Dess-Martin reagent (190 mg, 1.95 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 12° C. for 2 h. The mixture was extracted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with aq.NaHSO3 several times and concentrated to give Compound 5 (410 mg, crude).
1.31.3 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of MeMgBr (1.8 mL, 3M) in THF (3 mL) was added a solution of Compound 3 (410 mg, crude) in THF (3 mL) dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 12° C. for 2 h. The mixture was quenched by aq.NH4Cl and extracted with DCM (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give Compound 6 (340 mg, crude).
1.31.4 Preparation of Compound B




Compound 2 was treated with TFA/DCM (1:1) to afford compound B
1.32 Preparation of A52




To a solution of compound 1 (2.60 g, 8.69 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added LiBH4 (756.65 mg, 34.74 mmol) in one portion at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was qunched by aq.NH4Cl and extracted with EA (50 mL*3). The combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 2 as colorless oil (2.10 g, 93.18%). The resulting solid was treated with HCl/dioxane to give HCl salt.
1.33 Preparation of A64




1.33.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a mixture of 1-aminopropan-2-ol (10.00 g, 133.14 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM, was added Boc2O (29.06 g, 133.14 mmol, 1.00 eq) in one portion at 30° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 5 hours. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated in to afford tert-butyl N-(2-hydroxypropyl) carbamate (23.00 g, 131.26 mmol, 98.59% yield) as yellow oil.
1.33.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a mixture of tert-butyl N-(2-hydroxypropyl)carbamate (5.00 g, 28.54 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DMF (100.00 mL), was added NaH (2.51 g, 62.79 mmol, 2.20 eq) in one portion at 0° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hr, then 3-chloro-2-(chloromethyl)prop-1-ene (3.57 g, 28.54 mmol, 1.00 eq) was added to the mixture, the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 4 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was poured into water (100 mL) and stirred for 5 min. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (100 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1) to afford tert-butyl 2-methyl-6-methylene-1,4-oxazepane-4-carboxylate (2.20 g, 9.68 mmol, 33.91% yield) as yellow oil.
1.33.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-methyl-6-methylene-1,4-oxazepane-4-carboxylate (2.40 g, 10.56 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (50.00 mL), was added NaIO4 (4.97 g, 23.23 mmol, 2.20 eq) and K2OSO4 (401.83 mg, 2.11 mmol, 0.20 eq) in one portion at 30° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 5 hours. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was poured into saturated NaSO3 (100 mL) and stirred for 5 min. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (30 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=8/1) to afford tert-butyl 2-methyl-6-oxo-1,4-oxazepane-4-carboxylate (1.90 g, 8.29 mmol, 78.48% yield) as yellow oil.
1.33.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-methyl-6-oxo-1,4-oxazepane-4-carboxylate (1.90 g, 8.29 mmol, 1.00 eq) in EtOH (20.00 mL), was added NaBH4 (376.33 mg, 9.95 mmol, 1.20 eq) in one portion at 30° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 5 hours. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was poured into saturated water (100 mL) and stirred for 5 min. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (30 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1) to afford two point, the first point D1:494 mg; the second point D2:656 mg.
1.33.5 Preparation of A64




To a mixture of tert-butyl 6-hydroxy-2-methyl-1,4-oxazepane-4-carboxylate (D1, 494.00 mg, 2.14 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeOH (5.00 mL), was added HCl/MeOH (15.00 mL) in one portion at 30° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 5 hours. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum to afford 2-methyl-1,4-oxazepan-6-ol (385.00 mg, crude) as yellow oil.
1.34 Preparation of A65




1.34.1 Procedure for Preparation of Compound 2
At ice bath, to a solution of Compound 1 (18 g, 0.24 mol) and Et3N (29 g, 0.28 mol) in DCM (180 mL) was added Boc2O (65 g, 0.28 mol). Then the mixture was stirred at rt for 30 minutes. Washed with water and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by silica gel chromatography to give the desired product as a white solid (38.1 g, 90.7%).
1.34.2 Procedure for Preparation of Compound 4




At ice bath, a solution of Compound 2 (3.5 g, 20 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added into a mixture of NaH (1.76 g, 44 mmol) in DMF (20 mL). After the mixture stirring for 30 minutes, Compound 3 (2.5 g, 20 mmol) was added and stirred at rt for 2 hrs. Quenched with NH4Cl solution, extracted with EA, washed with water and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by silica gel chromatography to give the pure product as an oil (780 mg, 17.2%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 4.94-5.10 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.53 (m, 3H), 4.07 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.66-3.71 (m, 3H), 1.43 (m, 9H), 1.21 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).
1.34.3 Procedure for Preparation of Compound 5




A mixture of Compound 4 (780 mg, 3.43 mmol), K2OsO4 (54 mg, 0.20 mmol) and NaIO4 (1.69 mg, 7.90 mmol) in THF-H2O (1:1, 20 mL) was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL*2) and the organic layer was concentrated to give the crude product as an oil (790 mg).
1.34.4 Procedure for Preparation of Compound 6




A solution of Compound 5 (787 mg, 3.43 mmol) and NaBH4 (130 mg, 3.43 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) was stirred at rt for 30 minutes. Quenched with NH4Cl solution, evaporated the solvent, extracted with EA (50 mL*2) and the organic layer was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by silica gel chromatography to give the desired product as an oil (517 mg, 65.2%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm: 3.92-4.23 (m, 5H), 3.02-3.47.53 (m, 3H), 1.50 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 9H), 1.01-1.04 (m, 3H).
1.34.5 Preparation of A65




4M HCl-dioxane (10 mL) was added to Compound 6 (500 mg, 2.16 mmol). Then the solution was stirred at rt for 30 minutes. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give a HCl salt, which is used in the next step directly.
1.35 Preparation of A66




1.35.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of compound 1 (10.00 g, 112.18 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DCM (200 mL) was added Et3N (23.00 g, 227.30 mmol, 2.03 Eq). The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and Boc2O (38.40 g, 175.95 mmol, 1.57 Eq) was added, the mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 hr. The mixture was diluted with EA and washed with water. The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=15/1) to afford compound 2 (16.00 g, 84.54 mmol, 75.36% yield) as white solid.
1.35.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of compound 2 (2.00 g, 10.57 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DMF (60 mL), the mixture was cooled to −10° C. Then NaH (930.16 mg, 23.25 mmol, 2.20 Eq) was added, the mixture was stirred for 40 min at 0° C., and compound 3 (1.59 g, 12.68 mmol, 1.20 Eq) was added dropwise at −5-0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 3 hr. TLC (PE:EA=5:1) shown the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was poured into ice-water, extracted with EA and the organic phase was washed with more water, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified through silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=15/1) to afford compound 4 (1.00 g, 4.14 mmol, 39.20% yield) as yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.02-4.98 (d, 2H), 4.15-4.08 (d, 4H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.40 (s, 6H).
1.35.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a mixture of compound 4 (1.00 g, 4.14 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in THF (5 mL) and H2O (5 mL) was added NaIO4 (2.04 g, 9.52 mmol, 2.30 Eq), followed by K2OsO4.2H2O (76.18 mg, 207.00 umol, 0.05 Eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 hr. TLC shown the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with EA, washed with Na2SO3 and brine, the organic phase was concentrated to give product compound 5 (1.10 g, crude) as yellowed oil.
1.35.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 5 (1.10 g, 4.52 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in MeOH (10 mL) was added NaBH4 (512.97 mg, 13.56 mmol, 3.00 Eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h, TLC shown the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was poured into ice sat.NH4Cl and extracted with EA, the organic phase was concentrated, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=6:1) to give product compound 6 (700.00 mg, 2.85 mmol, 63.13% yield) as colorless oil.
1.35.5 Preparation of A66




To a solution of compound 6 (700.00 mg, 2.85 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in dioxane (5 mL) was added HCl/dioxane (5 mL), the mixture was stirred at 23° C. for 1 hr. TLC shown the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated to give product compound D (600.00 mg, crude) as light yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.45 (s, 1H), 3.93-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.48 (m, 1H), 1.53-1.49 (m, 6H).
1.36 Preparation of A52




1.36.1 Preparation of Compound 2




A mixture of Compound 1 (1.0 g, 8.6 mmol) and NH2OH.HCl (3.0 g, 43 mmol), AcONa (2.1 g, 25.8 mmol) in Et0H/H2O (20 mL/20 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. Then the mixture was extracted with EA (150 mL×3), the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give compound 2 (1.0 g, 89.2%).
1.36.2 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of compound 2 (1.0 g, 7.6 mmol) in acetone/H2O (20 mL/20 mL) was added TsCl (2.16 g, 11.4 mmol) and Na2CO3 (1.2 g, 23.2 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated to remove solvents. The residue was extracted with EA (20 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, the filtrates were concentrated to give compound 3 (740 mg, 74%) as white solid.
1.36.3 Preparation of A52




To a suspension of LiAlH4 (200 mg, 5.2 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added compound 3 (370 mg, 2.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with H2O (0.2 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrates were concentrated to give desired compound 4 (250 mg, 75.7%) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 6=3.08-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.66 (m, 5H), 2.00-1.85 (m, 2H)
1.37 Preparation of A68




1.37.2.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of Compound 1 (45.00 g, 265.93 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in THF (225 mL) and H2O (450 mL) was added NMO (71.65 g, 611.64 mmol, 2.30 Eq) and OsO4 (500.00 mg, 1.97 mmol, 0.01 Eq), the mixture was stirred at 28° C. for 16 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with EA, washed with sat.Na2SO3 and brine. The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=3:1) to give compound 2 (33.00 g, 162.38 mmol, 61.06% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) ppm 4.23 (d, J=2.38 Hz, 2H), 3.52-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.34 (t, J=12.11 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (br, 1H), 2.97 (br, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
1.37.2.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 2 (33.00 g, 162.38 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DCM (330 mL) was added [acetoxy(phenyl)-iodanyl] acetate (78.45 g, 243.57 mmol, 1.50 Eq) at 0° C., the mixture was stirred for 1 hr from 0° C. to 28° C. Then the mixture was cooled to −60° C. and bromo(vinyl)magnesium (1 M, 974.28 mL, 6.00 Eq) in THF was added, the mixture was stirred for 2 hr from −60° C. to 28° C. TLC showed the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with EA and washed with sat.NH4Cl and brine. The organic phase was concentrated, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=10:1) to give Compound 4 (17.00 g, 66.06 mmol, 40.68% yield) as colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) ppm 5.73-5.92 (m, 2H), 5.25-5.40 (m, 2H), 5.16 (dd, J=10.48, 1.19 Hz, 2H), 4.22-4.50 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.38 (d, J=11.17 Hz, 2H), 2.82-2.98 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.53 (m, 9H).
1.37.2.3 Preparation of Compound 5_Trans and 5_Cis




To a solution of Compound 4 (13.00 g, 50.52 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (1.80 L) was added Zhan catalyst 1B (1.20 g, 1.64 mmol, 0.03 eq) under N2, the mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 30 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=2:1) to give both cis isomer 5_Cis (2.80 g, 12.22 mmol, 24.22% yield) with lower polarity and trans isomer 5_Trans (2.80 g, 12.22 mmol, 24.22% yield) with higher polarity.
5_Cis: 1HNMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) ppm 5.83 (d, J=1.63 Hz, 2H) 4.26-4.43 (m, 2H) 3.67 (d, J=13.55 Hz, 2H) 3.38 (dd, J=13.68, 8.28 Hz, 2H) 1.48 (s, 9H).
5_Trans: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) ppm 5.82 (s, 2H) 4.46 (br. s., 2H) 3.53-3.79 (m, 3H) 3.34-3.46 (m, 1H) 1.48 (s, 9H).
1.37.2.4 Preparation of 6_Cis




To a solution of Compound 5_Cis (2.80 g, 12.21 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeOH (100.00 mL) was added Pd/C (300.00 mg) under Ar. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 (50 psi) at 30° C. for 16 hours. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=1:1) to give compound 6_Cis (1.50 g, 6.49 mmol, 53.12% yield) as colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) ppm 3.95-4.08 (m, 2H) 3.68-3.85 (m, 2H) 3.25 (ddd, J=14.56, 9.98, 4.08 Hz, 2H) 3.10 (br, 1H) 2.02 (br, 1H) 1.84-1.98 (m, 2H) 1.66-1.76 (m, 2H) 1.49 (s, 9H).
1.37.2.5 Preparation of A68_Cis




To a solution of Compound 6_Cis (500.00 mg, 2.16 mmol, 1.00 eq) in dioxane (10.00 mL) was added HCl/dioxane (20.00 mL), the mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 2 hr, TLC showed the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated to give A68_Cis (250.00 mg, 1.91 mmol, 88.24% yield) as yellow solid.
A68_Trans was prepared from compound 5_Trans through the same procedure.
Part II General Procedure for Targets
General Procedure A




1.1 General Procedure for Preparation of Compound 2




A mixture of Compound 1 (4.53 mmol) in SOCl2 (10 mL) was heated to reflux overnight. The mixture was concentrated to give the crude product, which was used for the next step directly.
1.2 General Procedure for Preparation of Compound 3




To a boiled solution of Compound 2 (1.08 g, 4.52 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) was added aniline (4.52 mmol), and refluxed for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give a solid, which was used for the next step directly.
1.3 General Procedure for Preparation of iii




To a solution of Compound 3 (0.3 mmol) in MeCN (3 mL) was added amine (0.3 mmol) and Et3N (30 mg, 0.33 mmol) at rt, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and washed with water. The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by prep-HPLC to give the desired product.
General Procedure B







1.1 Preparation of Compound 2




A mixture of compound 1 (9.5 g, 0.04 mol), NBS (8.3 g, 0.044 mol) and (PhCO)2O (1.9 g, 8 mmol) in CCl4 (100 mL) was heated to reflux for 5 hours. Then the mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the residue was purified by column chromatography (PE:AcOEt=20:1) to give the compound 2 (4 g, 31%).
1.2 Preparation of Compound 3




A mixture of compound 2 (1 g, 3.24 mmol) and AcOK (3.18 g, 32.4 mmol) in acetone (20 mL) was stirred for 18 hours. Then the mixture was filtered and washed with acetone. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give the compound 3 (0.7 g, 78%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.26 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99-8.01 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.50 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H).
1.3 Preparation of Compound 4




A mixture of compound 3 (7.5 g, 0.026 mol), PMBSH (5.25 g, 0.034 mol), Pd2(dba)3 (3.65 g, 5.2 mmol), Xantphos (3 g, 5.2 mmol) and DIPEA (6.7 g, 5.2 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (80 mL) was heated to 100° C. for 18 hours. Then the mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and purified by column chromatography (PE:AcOEt=10:1) to give the compound 4 (6.9 g, 73%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.08 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.44 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.21 (m, 2H), 6.81-6.84 (m, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H).
1.4 Preparation of Compound 5




A mixture of compound 4 (3.60 g, 10 mmol) and LiOH (4.20 g, 100 mmol) in THF/H2O (50 mL/10 mL) was heated to 60° C. for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH=6.0 with HCl (1N), extracted with AcOEt. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the compound 5 (2.40 g, 80%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.02 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.58 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.20 (m, 2H), 6.81-6.83 (m, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.12 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H).
1.5 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 5 (1.0 g, 3.4 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added TEA (1.0 mg, 10 mmol) and AcCl (540 mg, 6.8 mmol) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 14 hours. The mixture was diluted with water, and extracted with AcOEt. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product, used in the next step directly.
1.6 Preparation of Compound 7




A mixture of compound 6 (100 mg, 0.28 mmol), HATU (126 mg, 0.33 mmol), DIPEA (164 g, 0.43 mmol), 3-chloro-4-fluoroaniline (63 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at rt for 4 hours. The mixture was diluted with AcOEt and water, and combined organic layers were separated, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. Then the residue was purified by column chromatography (PE:AcOEt=5:1) to give the compound 5 (110 m g, 74%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.79 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.51 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.28 (m, 3H), 6.80-6.82 (m, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H).
1.7 Preparation of Compound 8




To a solution of compound 7 (150 mg, 0.32 mmol) in MeCN (8 mL), AcOH (0.1 mL) and H2O (0.2 mL) was added 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (89 mg, 0.45 mmol) at −15° C. and stirred for 4 hours. Then the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product (134 mg, crude), used directly in the next step.
1.8 Preparation of iiii




To a solution of compound 8 (134 mg, 0.32 mmol, crude) in MeCN (2 mL) was added TEA (106 mg, 1.05 mmol) and amine (0.84 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt until the starting material was consumed. Then, to the resulting mixture was added a mixture of LiOH (150 mg, 3.6 mmol) in MeOH/H2O (2 mL/0.5 mL) and stirred for 14 hours. The mixture was diluted with water, and extracted with EA. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was preparative HPLC to give the product.
General Procedure C







1.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of methyl 3-bromo-4-hydroxy-benzoate (1.00 g, 4.33 mmol, 1.00 eq) in toluene (15.00 mL) were added vinyl acetate (745.54 mg, 8.66 mmol, 2.00 eq), Chloro(1,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) dimer (29.08 mg, 43.30 umol, 0.01 eq) and Na2CO3 (229.47 mg, 2.17 mmol, 0.50 eq). The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hr under N2 protection. TLC detected the reaction was complete, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, eluting with PE:EA=10:1) to afford product methyl 3-bromo-4-vinyloxy-benzoate (730.00 mg, 2.84 mmol, 65.58% yield) as colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.29 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J=8.53, 2.01 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (dd, J=13.80, 6.02 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (dd, J=13.80, 2.01 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (dd, J=5.90, 1.88 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H).
1.2 Preparation of Compound 3




To a solution of methyl 3-bromo-4-vinyloxy-benzoate (1.00 g, 3.89 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (15.00 mL) was added ZnEt2 (960.91 mg, 7.78 mmol, 2.00 eq) at 0° C. under N2 protection. Then the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min, and ClCH2I (1.72 g, 9.73 mmol, 2.50 eq) was added. The formed mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hrs. The mixture was poured into NH4Cl solution, and extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, the residue was diluted in THF (5.00 mL) and H2O (5.00 mL), NaIO4 (832.00 mg, 3.89 mmol, 1.00 eq) and K2OsO4 (74.01 mg, 389.00 umol, 0.10 eq) was added, the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min, then the reaction was quenched by saturated Na2SO3, extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=10:1) to afford product methyl 3-bromo-4-(cyclopropoxy)benzoate (530.00 mg, 1.95 mmol, 50.26% yield) as colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.23 (d, J=2.01 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J=8.78, 2.01 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.33 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.88 (t, J=4.39 Hz, 1H), 0.76-0.99 (m, 4H).
1.3 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of methyl 3-bromo-4-(cyclopropoxy)benzoate (530.00 mg, 1.95 mmol, 1.00 eq) and (4-methoxyphenyl)methanethiol (451.12 mg, 2.93 mmol, 1.50 eq) in toluene (10.00 mL) were added Pd2(dba)3 (89.28 mg, 97.50 umol, 0.05 eq), Xantphos (112.83 mg, 195.00 umol, 0.10 eq) and DIPEA (504.04 mg, 3.90 mmol, 2.00 eq) under N2 protection. Then the mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hr N2 protection. TLC detected the reaction was complete, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was washed with water, the aqueous layer was extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=5:1) to afford product methyl 4-(cyclopropoxy)-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methylsulfanyl]benzoate (600.00 mg, 1.74 mmol, 89.34% yield) as white solid. LCMS: 345 [M+1].
1.4 Preparation of Compound 5




To a suspension of methyl 4-(cyclopropoxy)-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methylsulfanyl] benzoate (1.00 g, 2.90 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeCN (8.00 mL), AcOH (100.00 uL) and H2O (200.00 uL) at −15° C. was added 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethyl-imidazolidine-2,4-dione (914.17 mg, 4.64 mmol, 1.60 eq), the mixture was stirred at −15° C. for 2 hours. The residue was washed with water, the aqueous layer was extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to afford crude product, which was used in the next step directly.
1.1.5 Preparation of Compound 7




To a solution of methyl 3-chlorosulfonyl-4-(cyclopropoxy)benzoate (840.00 mg, crude, 2.89 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeCN (10.00 mL) were added 1,4-oxazepan-6-ol (338.49 mg, 2.89 mmol, 1.00 eq) and TEA (584.88 mg, 5.78 mmol, 2.00 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at 28° C. until the starting material was consumed. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, eluting with PE:EA=3:1) to give desired compound methyl 4-(cyclopropoxy)-3-[(6-hydroxy-1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)sulfonyl]benzoate (620.00 mg, 1.67 mmol, 57.76% yield) as white solid. LCMS: 372 [M+1].
1.6 Preparation of Compound 8




To a solution of methyl 4-(cyclopropoxy)-3-[(6-hydroxy-1,4-oxazepan-4-yl) sulfonyl] benzoate (620.00 mg, 1.67 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (5.00 mL) and H2O (1.00 mL). The formed mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 1N HCl solution and extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to afford crude product 4-(cyclopropoxy)-3-[(6-hydroxy-1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)sulfonyl]benzoic acid (510.00 mg, 1.43 mmol, 85.45% yield) as white solid.
1.7 Preparation of Compound 2081




To a solution of 4-(cyclopropoxy)-3-[(6-hydroxy-1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)sulfonyl]benzoic acid (170.00 mg, 475.68 umol, 1.00 eq) and 3-chloro-4-fluoro-aniline (69.24 mg, 475.68 umol, 1.00 eq) in DMF (5.00 mL) were added HATU (180.87 mg, 475.68 umol, 1.00 eq) and DIPEA (122.95 mg, 951.36 umol, 2.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hr. TLC detected the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured into water, extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, concentrated, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (FA) to afford product N-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)-4-(cyclopropoxy)-3-[(6-hydroxy-1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)sulfonyl]benzamide (94.10 mg, 194.05 umol, 40.79% yield) as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.48 (d, J=2.01 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (dd, J=8.66, 2.13 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J=6.78, 2.51 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.27 (t, J=8.91 Hz, 1H), 4.07-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.03 (t, J=6.53 Hz, 1H), 3.77-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.61-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.11 (dd, J=14.56, 7.53 Hz, 1H), 0.84-1.04 (m, 4H). LCMS: 485/487 [M+1].
2082/2083 were prepared through the same procedure as 2081.
General Procedure D







1.1 Preparation of Compound 2




A mixture of 4-bromo-3-chlorosulfonyl-benzoic acid (6.90 g, 23.04 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in SOCl2 (27.41 g, 230.40 mmol, 10.00 Eq) was stirred at 80° C. for 3 hr. Then the solvent was evaporated. The residue was diluted in TOLUENE (50 mL), and MeOH (959.66 mg, 29.95 mmol, 1.30 Eq) was added, the formed mixture was stirred at 110° C. for 2 hr. Solid was formed, and the solvent was evaporated, the solid was washed with PE, and filtered to afford product methyl 4-bromo-3-chlorosulfonyl-benzoate (7.22 g, 23.03 mmol, 99.94% yield) as white solid.
1.2 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of methyl 4-bromo-3-chlorosulfonyl-benzoate (7.22 g, 23.03 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DCM (100 mL) was added azepan-4-ol (2.65 g, 23.03 mmol, 1.00 Eq) and TEA (2.33 g, 23.03 mmol, 1.00 Eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. until the starting material was consumed. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=1:1) to give desired compound methyl 4-bromo-3-(4-hydroxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-benzoate (7.00 g, 17.85 mmol, 77.49% yield). LCMS: 393/395 [M+1].
1.3 Preparation of Compound 5




To a mixture of methyl 4-bromo-3-(4-hydroxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-benzoate (1.00 g, 2.55 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in DMF (15 mL), was added NaH (153.00 mg, 3.82 mmol, 1.50 Eq) in portions at 0° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min. Then bromomethylbenzene (654.19 mg, 3.82 mmol, 1.50 Eq) was added and stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was poured into NH4Cl aqueous and extracted with EA. The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting with PE/EA=10/1, 2/1) to afford methyl 3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)Sulfonyl-4-bromo-benzoate (550.00 mg, 1.14 mmol, 44.71% yield) as white solid. LCMS: 482/484 [M+1].
1.4 Preparation of Compound 6




Methyl 3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-4-bromo-benzoate (1.30 g, 2.69 mmol, 1.00 Eq), allyl(tributyl)stannane (1.07 g, 3.23 mmol, 1.20 Eq) LiCl (136.83 mg, 3.23 mmol, 1.20 Eq) and Pd(PPh3)4 (310.85 mg, 269.00 umol, 0.10 Eq) in TOLUENE (20 mL) was de-gassed and then heated to 110° C. for 16 hr under N2. TLC (PE:EtOAc=1:1) showed the starting material and the product was the same spot. The reaction mixture was poured into H2O, extracted with EA. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, eluting with PE:EA=1:1) to afford the pure methyl 4-allyl-3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-benzoate (630.00 mg, 1.42 mmol, 52.80% yield) as light yellow solid.
1.5 Preparation of Compound 7




To a solution of methyl 4-allyl-3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-benzoate (630.00 mg, 1.42 mmol, 1.00 Eq) in THF (10 mL) and H2O (2 mL) were added OsO4 (36.10 mg, 142.00 umol, 0.10 Eq) and NaIO4 (607.45 mg, 2.84 mmol, 2.00 Eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hr. TLC detected the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured into saturated Na2S2O3 solution, extracted with DCM, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, concentrated, the residue was diluted in MeOH (10 mL), to the formed mixture was added NaBH3CN (88.86 mg, 1.41 mmol, 1.00 Eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hr. TLC detected the reaction was complete, the reaction was quenched with water, extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, concentrated, the residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, eluting with PE:EA=3:1 to 1:1) to afford product methyl 3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl) sulfonyl-4-(2-hydroxyethyl)benzoate (340.00 mg, 759.71 umol, 53.88% yield). LCMS: 448 [M+1].
1.6 Preparation of Compound 8




To a solution of methyl 3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-4-(2-hydroxyethyl) benzoate (340.00 mg, 759.71 umol, 1.00 Eq) in MeCN (10 mL) were added PBSF (458.86 mg, 1.52 mmol, 2.00 Eq), N,N-diethylethanamine;trihydrofluoride (244.95 mg, 1.52 mmol, 2.00 Eq) and TEA (307.50 mg, 3.04 mmol, 4.00 Eq). The mixture was stirred at 28° C. for 16 hr under N2 protection. TLC detected the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured into water, extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, concentrated, the residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, eluting with PE:EA=1:1) to afford product methyl 3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-4-(2-fluoroethyl)benzoate (180.00 mg, 400.42 umol, 52.71% yield) as colorless oil.
1.7 Preparation of Compound 9




To a solution of methyl 3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-4-(2-fluoroethyl) benzoate (180.00 mg, 400.42 umol, 1.00 Eq) in THF (5 mL) and H2O (1 mL). The formed mixture was stirred at 25-50° C. for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 1N HCl solution and concentrated to give the crude product 3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-4-(2-fluoroethyl)benzoic acid (160.00 mg, 367.39 umol, 91.75% yield).
1.8 Preparation of Compound 10




To a solution of 3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-4-(2-fluoroethyl)benzoic acid (80.00 mg, 183.69 umol, 1.00 Eq) and aniline (202.06 umol, 1.10 Eq) in MeCN (5 mL) were added HATU (76.83 mg, 202.06 umol, 1.10 Eq) and DIEA (47.48 mg, 367.38 umol, 2.00 Eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hr. TLC detected the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured into water, extracted with EA, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, concentrated, the residue was purified by prep-TLC (eluting with PE:EA=2:1) to afford product 3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-N-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)-4-(2-fluoroethyl)benzamide (65.00 mg, 115.44 umol, 62.85% yield) as white solid.
1.9 Preparation of 2205/2206




To a solution of 3-(4-benzyloxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-N-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)-4-(2-fluoroethyl)benzamide (65.00 mg, 115.44 umol, 1.00 Eq) in MeOH (15 mL) was added Pd/C (30.00 mg, 115.44 umol, 1.00 Eq) under N2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 at 25° C. for 16 hr. TLC showed the starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter was concentrated, purified by prep-TLC (eluting with PE:EA=1:1) to afford product N-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)-4-(2-fluoroethyl)-3-(4-hydroxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-benzamide (24.00 mg, 50.75 umol, 43.96% yield) as white solid.
General Procedure E







1.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of Compound 1 (6.0 g, 21.6 mmol) in MeOH (80 mL) was added SOCl2 (10.2 g, 86.5 mmol) at 0° C. under N2. The reaction mixture was heated to 85° C. for 3 h. The resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give compound 2 (6.2 g, crude), which was used for the next step directly. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ=8.17-8.19 (m, 1H), 8.03-8.05 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H).
1.2 Preparation of Compound 3




A mixture of compound 2 (5.6 g, 19.2 mmol), PMBSH (3.8 g, 24.7 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (1.7 g, 1.9 mmol), Xantphos (2.2 g, 3.8 mmol) and DIPEA (4.9 g, 38.0 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) was heated to 100° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and purified by column chromatography to give the compound 3 (3.9 g, 56%).
1.3 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of compound 3 (1.2 g, 3.3 mmol) in MeCN/HOAc/H2O (16/0.2/0.4, mL) was added 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (0.97 g, 4.9 mmol) at −15° C. and stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EA. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product, which was used in the next step directly (1.0 g, crude).
1.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of Compound 4 (1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) in MeCN (10 mL) was added Compound 5 (553 mg, 4.8 mmol) and Et3N (810 mg, 8.0 mmol) at 25° C. and stirred for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (100 mL) and washed with water (80 mL). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired product (0.54 g, 43%). LCMS: 392.0 [M+1].
1.5 Preparation of Compound 8




A mixture of compound 6 (540 mg, 1.4 mmol), compound 7 (261 mg, 2.1 mmol), Cs2CO3 (898 mg, 2.8 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (140 mg, 0.2 mmol) in THF/H2O (10/1, mL) was heated to 80° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EA (100 mL), and washed with brine (60 mL). The organic phase was concentrated under vacuum to give a crude product, which was used in the next step directly (451 mg, crude).
1.6 Preparation of Compound 9




A mixture of compound 8 (451 mg, 1.4 mmol) and NaOH (112 mg, 2.8 mmol) in THF/H2O (5/1, mL) was heated to 35° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (80 mL), and extracted with EA (80 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH=6.0 with HCl (2 M), and extracted with EA (80 mL). The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the crude product, which was used in the next step directly (305 mg, 71%).
1.7 Preparation of 2018




A mixture of compound 9 (143 mg, 0.46 mmol), HATU (209 mg, 0.55 mmol), DIPEA (119 mg, 0.92 mmol), compound 9 (80 mg, 0.55 mmol) in MeCN (5 mL) was heated to 50° C. for 3 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (80 mL), and washed with water (60 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product, which was purified Prep-HPLC to give the desired product (149.64 mg, 74%). LCMS: 441.0 [M+1].
General Procedure F







1.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To a solution of Compound 1 (5 g, 0.023 mol) in SOCl2 (30 mL) was added MeOH (1.104 g, 0.035 mol) under 0° C. And the solution was stirred at 80° C. for 2 h. Then the solution was cooled to 18° C. and concentrated to remove the solvent. It was washed with water (20 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to give compound 2 (5.3 g, 93.8%).
LCMS: 229 [M+1]
1.2 Preparation of Compound 3




A solution of Compound 2 (5.3 g, 0.023 mol) in CCl4 (50 mL) was added NBS (3.72 g, 0.021 mol), BPO (557 mg, 0.002 mol) in one portion under N2. The mixture was heated to 80° C. for 2 h. The mixture was washed with saturated Na2SO3 (50 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL*2). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by PE to give compound 3 (6.2 g, crude).
1.3 Preparation of Compound 4




To a solution of Compound 3 (6.2 g, 0.02 mol) in MeCN (100 mL) was added CsF (18.35 g, 0.121 mol), 18-Crown-6 (1.06 g, 4.03 mmol) in one portion and it was heated to 90° C. for 16 hours. The mixture was filtered and concentrated in reduced pressure at 40° C. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA=30/1, 20/1, 10/1) to give compound 4 (360.00 mg, 7.24% for two steps) as solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4)=8.16-8.10 (m, 1H), 8.05-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.86-7.80 (m, 1H), 5.54-5.49 (m, 1H), 5.42-5.37 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H).
1.4 Preparation of Compound 5




To a solution of Compound 4 (0.36 g, 1.46 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (40 mL) was added PMBSH (0.338 g, 2.19 mmol), DIPEA (0.337 g, 2.92 mmol), Xantphos (42.24 mg, 0.073 mmol) at 18° C. Then Pd2(dba)3 (66.85 mg, 0.073 mmol) was added to the solution and it was heated to 120° C. for 16 h. The mixture solution was concentrated and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA=30/1, 20/1, 10/1) to give compound 5 (0.464 g, 99.2%)
LCMS: 321 [M+1]
1.5 Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 5 (0.464 g, 1.45 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added a solution of LiOH (694.55 mg, 29.00 mmol) in H2O (5 mL). The mixture solution was heated to 60° C. for 2 h. The solution was adjusted to pH<3 by adding HCl (3M). Then it was extracted by EtOAc (200 mL), dryed over Na2SO4, concentrated to give compound 6 (0.5 g, crude).
LCMS: 307 [M+1].
1.6 Preparation of Compound 8




To a solution of compound 6 (0.5 g, 1.63 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added DIPEA (0.421 g, 3.26 mmol), HATU (0.93 g, 2.45 mmol). The mixture solution was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h. Then compound 7 (0.285, 1.96 mmol) was added to the mixture and it was stirred at 20° C. for 16 hours. The solution was washed with saturated NH4Cl (50 mL), extracted by EtOAc (100 mL*2), dryed over Na2SO4, concentrated to give crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA=20/1, 10/1, 3/1) to give compound 8 (0.7 g, 98.97%)
LCMS: 435 [M+23]
1.7 Preparation of 2207-2208




To a solution of compound 8 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) in MeCN/AcOH/H2O (10 mL, 80:1:2) was added DCDMH (90.81 mg, 0.46 mmol) under −5° C. It was stirred at −5° C. for 2 h. Then amine (0.35 mmol), Et3N (69.96 mg, 0.69 mmol) was added to the solution. It was stirred at 18° C. for 0.5 h. Then it was concentrated to give crude product which was purified by pre-HPLC to give desired product.
General Procedure G
Preparation of 2032 is Exemplified







1.1 Preparation of Compound 2




To HSO3Cl (80 mL) was added Compound 1 (20.0 g, 0.13 mol) portionwise at 0° C., then the resulting mixture was heated to 140° C. for 4 hours. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was poured into ice-water. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to give desired compound 2 (25.0 g, 76%) as white solid.
1.2 Preparation of Compound 3




Compound 2 (3.0 g, 11.7 mmol) was added to a mixture of HNO3 (4 mL) in H2SO4 (20 mL), and heated to 90° C. for 4 hours. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was added to ice-water slowly. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to give desired Compound 3 (1.3 g, 38%) as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 9.05 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.76 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H).
1.3 Preparation of Compound 4




A mixture of Compound 3 (1.3 g, 4.3 mmol) and SOCl2 (40 mL) was heated to 90° C. for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved with toluene (10 mL) and heated to 90° C. 3-chloro-4-fluoroaniline (1.2 mg, 3.9 mmol) was added and the mixture was continued to heat to reflux for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated to give desired compound 4 (1.6 g, crude) as yellow solid, which was used for the next step without further purification.
1.4 Preparation of Compound 6




To a mixture of Compound 4 (0.8 g, crude) and 5 (256 mg, 1.8 mmol) in CH3CN (10 mL), was added Et3N (566 mg, 5.6 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The mixture was diluted with EA (50 mL), the organic layer was washed with NH4Cl (50 mL*2) and concentrated to give desired compound 6 (0.5 g, crude) as a yellow solid, which was used for the next step without further purification.
1.5 Preparation of Compound 7




To a solution of Compound 6 (0.1 g, crude) in MeOH (10 mL) was added ammonia (0.5 mL, 28%), and the mixture was heated to 70° C. for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give desired compound 7 (80 mg, crude) as yellow solid, which was used for the next step without purification.
1.6 Preparation of Compound 8




A mixture of Compound 7 (80 mg, crude), Fe (62 mg, 1.1 mmol) and NH4Cl (59 mg, 1.1 mmol) in MeOH—H2O (10 mL/2 mL) was heated to 70° C. for 4 hours. The mixture was filtered and washed with EA (50 mL). The filtrate was washed with saturated NH4Cl (50 mL*2) and concentrated to give desired compound 8 (75 mg, crude) as white solid, which was used for the next step without purification.
1.7 Preparation of 2032




A mixture of Compound 8 (75 mg, crude) in formic acid (10 mL) was microwaved to 110° C. for 10 mins. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in MeOH—H2O (10 mL/2 mL), and K2CO3 (57 mg, 0.4 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 80° C. for 2 hours. After LCMS showed the reaction was finished, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and extracted with EA. The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified via acid prep-HPLC to give 2032 (65.89 mg, yield 64.2%) as a white solid.
General Procedure H
Preparation of 2619_D2, 2626_D2 Exemplified




To a solution of N-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)-3-(3,6-dihydroxyazepan-1-yl)sulfonyl-4-fluoro-benzamide (300.00 mg, 650.93 umol, 1.00 eq), TEA (65.87 mg, 650.93 umol, 1.00 eq) and DMAP (79.52 mg, 650.93 umol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (30.00 mL), was dropwise added acetyl chloride (51.10 mg, 650.93 umol, 1.00 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for 1 hr. LCMS showed 30% NVR_003_2433_D2 and 32% NVR_003_2626_D2 produced, and 25% starting material remained. The reaction mixture was washed with water. The organic layer was dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by pre-HPLC to give NVR_003_2619_D2 (95.00 mg, 188.90 umol, 29.02% yield) as white solid and NVR_003_2626_D2 (90.00 mg, 165.15 umol, 25.37% yield) as white solid.
Resolution of Chiral Compounds
Chiral resolution of selected compounds of the invention was performed according to the conditions listed in Table 3.









TABLE 3






Compound
Supercritical Fluid Chromatography


Structure
ID
Resolution condition











1763 
Column: AD-10 um (CHIRAL PAK) Mobile Phase A: CO2 Mobile Phase B: 0.1% NH3H2O in EtOH Gradient (% B): 30% Flow Rate: 60 g/min. Wavelength: 220 nm Column Temp.: 35° C. Back Pressure: 100 Bar Elution time (min): 6.3-7.5; 8.3-10.0


 






1763_E1



 






1763_E2



 






1766
Column: AD-5 um (CHIRAL PAK) Mobile Phase A: CO2 Mobile Phase B: 0.1% NH3H2O in IPA Gradient (% B): 30% Flow Rate: 60 g/min. Wavelength: 220 nm Column Temp.: 35° C. Back Presssure: 100 Bar Elution time (min): 5.2-6.8; 7.2-8.9


 






1766_E1



 






1766_E2



 






1821
Column: AD-10 um (CHIRAL PAK) Mobile Phase A: CO2 Mobile Phase B: 0.1% NH3H2O in EtOH Gradient (% B): 30% Flow Rate: 60 g/min. Wavelength: 220 nm Column Temp.: 35° C. Back Pressure: 100 Bar Elution time (min): 3.6-4.2; 4.6-5.6


 






1821_D1



 






1821_D2



 






1822
Column: AD-10 um (CHIRAL PAK) Mobile Phase A: CO2 Mobile Phase B: 0.1% NH3H2O in EtOH Gradient (% B): 30% Flow Rate: 60 g/min. Wavelength: 220 nm Column Temp.: 35° C. Back Pressure: 100 Bar Elution time (min): 8.9-11.0; 11.9-14.6


 






1822_D1



 






1822_D2



 






1829
Column: AD-5 um (CHIRAL PAK) Mobile Phase A: CO2 Mobile Phase B: 30% 0.1% NH3H2O in IPA Gradient (% B): 40% Flow Rate: 60 g/min. Wavelength: 220 nm Column Temp.: 35° C. Back Pressure: 100 Bar Elution time (min): 5.9-7.4; 7.9-9.7


 






1829_D1



 






1829_D2



 






1893
Column: AD-10 um (CHIRAL PAK) Mobile Phase A: CO2 Mobile Phase B: 0.1% NH3H2O in MeOH Gradient (% B): 40% Flow Rate: 70 g/min. Wavelength: 220 nm Column Temp.: 35° C. Back Pressure: 100 Bar Elution time (min): 4.5-5.1; 5.5-6.5


 






1893_E1



 






1893_E2









Example: HBV Assembly Assay
The fluorescence quenching in vitro assembly HBV assay was developed according to a method described by Zlotnick and coworkers (Nature Biotechnology 2006, 24:358). The assay is based on the observation that the C-termini of the HBV core protein cluster together during capsid formation. This assay utilizes a mutant C150 HBV capsid protein where all wild-type cysteines are mutated to alanines, but a C-terminal cysteine residue is preserved and is labeled with fluorescent BoDIPY-FL dye. HBV C150Bo protein is highly fluorescent, however the fluorescence is drastically reduced during the capsid assembly process. Thus, the assay measures the ability and potency of test compounds to modulate capsid assembly by monitoring the fluorescence of the labeled capsid C150Bo protein.
In a typical assay, the mutant HBV C150 protein (amino acids 1-150, C49A, C61A, C107A, 150C) is cloned into a T7 RNA-polymerase based expression vector, expressed in E. coli and purified to homogeneity as a dimer. The purified HBV core protein is desalted and labeled with BODIPY-FL Dye.
In a non-limiting embodiment, the assembly assay is conducted in 96-well plate format. The assembly reactions are carried out in 50 mM Hepes buffer, pH 7.5 and 150 mM NaCl. The compounds are pre-incubated with the HBV CA protein for 15 min, and the assembly reactions are initiated by addition of NaCl. The reaction is allowed to continue for 1 hour at room temperature.
To determine the effect on capsid assembly, each test compound is initially screened at least 4 different concentrations in duplicates. Primary hits are compounds that show activity in the assembly assay at 10 uM. Identified primary hits are confirmed in follow-up studies as described elsewhere herein. Known modulators of HBV CA assembly, such as HAP-1 and BAY 41-4109, are used as control compounds in these experiments and exhibited EC50 values consistent with the literature. EC50 values for test compounds are determined via analysis of the dose-response curve.
Selected compounds of the invention were assayed in the HBV assembly assay, as described above. The assembly assay was conducted in 96-well plate format. The assembly reactions were carried out in 50 mM Hepes buffer, pH 7.5 and 150 mM NaCl. The compounds were pre-incubated with the HBV CA protein for 15 min, and the assembly reactions were initiated by addition of NaCl. The reaction was allowed to continue for 1 hour at room temperature. The 96-well plate assembly assay consistently had Z′ factors greater than 0.7 and were robust and reproducible both from plate-to-plate and day-to-day.
To determine the effect on capsid assembly, each test compound was initially screened at 5 different concentrations: about 30 μM, 10 μM, 3 μM, 1 μM, and 0.3 μM in duplicates. Primary hits were compounds that show >50% activity in the assembly assay at about 10 μM and a representative group of these active compounds is shown in Table 4.







TABLE 4







HBV assembly assay (‘+’ indicates >50% activity at about 10 μM)










Compound
Activity







1763_E1
+



1763_E2
+



1765
+



1766_E1
+



1766_E2
+



1768
+



1769
+



1819
+



1820
+



1821
+



1821_D1
+



1821_D2
+



1822_D1
+



1822_D2
+



1826_D2
+



1829_D1
+



1829_D2
+



1829-2
+



1890
+



1891
+



1892
+



1893
+



1893_E1
+



1893_E2
+



1894
+



1895
+



1909
+



1910
+



1914
+



1915
+



1916
+



1917
+



1919
+



1938
+



1944
+



1975
+



1977
+



1979
+



1980
+



1981
+



1983
+



1986
+



1987
+



1989
+



2002
+



2004
+



2007
+



2024
+



2033
+



2114_D1
+



2114_D2
+



2121
+



2123
+



2199
+



2202
+



2205
+



2206
+



2433_D1
+



2433_D2
+



2492
+



2505
+



2547
+



2548
+



2550
+



2617_D2
+



2618_D1
+



2618_D2
+



2619_D2
+



2625_D2
+



2626_D2
+










Example: Inhibition of HBV Replication Dot-Blot Assay
Compounds active in the HBV assembly assay are tested for their activity and toxicity in cellular assay. In the first anti-viral assay, the ability of compounds to inhibit HBV replication in an HBV-producing hepatoma cell line using the dot-blot method is evaluated.
Briefly, confluent monolayers of HepG2-2.2.15 cells are incubated with complete medium containing various concentrations of a test compound. Three days later, the culture medium is replaced with fresh medium containing the appropriately diluted test compound. Six days following the initial administration of the test compound, the cell culture supernatant is collected, and cell lysis is performed. The samples are applied onto Nylos membranes and DNA is immobilized to the membrane by UV cross-linking. After pre-hybridization, the HBV probe is added and the hybridization is performed overnight. The membranes are exposed to the Kodak films; antiviral activity is calculated from the reduction in HBV DNA levels (EC50). The EC50 for antiviral activity is calculated from the dose response curves of active compounds. Assay performance over time is monitored by the use of the standard positive control compounds ETV, BAY 41-4109, and HAP-1.
Compound cytotoxity (TC50) is measured in this same HepG2-2.2.15 cell line using a CellTiter Blue-based cytotoxicity assay employed as recommended by manufacturer (Promega). To confirm and expand these results, a second antiviral assay is carried out on active compounds using the stable HBV cell line HepG2.2.15 and measuring anti-HBV potency by real-time PCR and cytotoxicity by CellTiter Blue. In this assay, 24 hours after cell seeding, HepG2-2.2.15 cells are incubated with complete medium containing various concentrations of a test compound with BAY 41-4109 and HAP-1 used as positive controls. After three days, the culture medium is replaced with fresh medium containing the appropriately diluted test compound. The cell culture is collected six days following the initial administration of the test compound, followed by HBV DNA extraction using QIAamp 96 DNA Blood Kit (Qiagen). The extracted HBV DNA is diluted and analyzed by Real-Time PCR. A standard curve is generated by plotting Ct value vs the amount of HBV plasmid standard. Cytotoxicity is determined similarly to the above described method by applying a dye uptake method (CellTiter Blue kit, Promega).
Selected compounds were tested for their activity and toxicity in cellular assay. In the first anti-viral assay, the ability of compounds to inhibit HBV replication in an HBV-producing hepatoma cell line using the dot-blot method was evaluated.
Confluent monolayers of HepG2-2.2.15 cells were incubated with complete medium containing various concentrations of a test compound. Three days later, the culture medium was replaced with fresh medium containing the appropriately diluted test compound. Six days following the initial administration of the test compound, the cell culture supernatant was collected, and cell lysis was performed. The samples were applied onto Nylos membranes and DNA was immobilized to the membrane by UV cross-linking. After pre-hybridization, the HBV probe was added and the hybridization was performed overnight. The membranes were exposed to the Kodak films; antiviral activity was calculated from the reduction in HBV DNA levels (EC50). The EC50 for antiviral activity was calculated from the dose response curves of active compounds. Assay performance over time was monitored by the use of the standard positive control compounds ETV, BAY 41-4109, and HAP-1. Results for selected compounds of the invention are illustrated in Table 5.
Cytotoxity (CC50) was measured in this same HepG2-2.2.15 cell line using a CellTiter Blue-based cytotoxicity assay employed as recommended by manufacturer (Promega).







TABLE 5







“Activity” represents activity in dot-blot-assay


(‘+’ indicates >50% activity at 10 μM)










Compound
Activity







1763_E1
+



1763_E2
+



1765
+



1766_E1
+



1766_E2
+



1768
+



1769
+



1819
+



1820
+



1821
+



1821_D1
+



1821_D2
+



1822_D1
+



1822_D2
+



1826_D2
+



1829_D1
+



1829_D2
+



1829-2
+



1890
+



1891
+



1892
+



1893
+



1893_E1
+



1893_E2
+



1894
+



1895
+



1909
+



1910
+



1914
+



1915
+



1916
+



1917
+



1919
+



1938
+



1944
+



1975
+



1977
+



1979
+



1980
+



1981
+



1983
+



1986
+



1987
+



1989
+



2002
+



2004
+



2007
+



2024
+



2033
+



2114_D1
+



2114_D2
+



2121
+



2123
+



2199
+



2202
+



2205
+



2206
+



2433_D1
+



2433_D2
+



2492
+



2505
+



2547
+



2548
+



2550
+



2617_D2
+



2618_D1
+



2618_D2
+



2619_D2
+



2625_D2
+



2626_D2
+










The disclosures of each and every patent, patent application, and publication cited herein are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
While the invention has been disclosed with reference to specific embodiments, it is apparent that other embodiments and variations of this invention may be devised by others skilled in the art without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention. The appended claims are intended to be construed to include all such embodiments and equivalent variations.

## Claims

1. A compound of Formula III:



or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein
R4 is H or —C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, —OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
R2 is —OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, R6, or —OR6, wherein R6 is, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or NO2;
Cy is




R7 and R8 are, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with —C1-C3 alkyl;
or R7 and R8 join to form a 3- to 10-membered ring;
R11 is, independently at each occurrence, —OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, ═O, —OC(O)CH3, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —O—C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
R12 is, independently at each occurrence, H or —C1-C6 alkyl;
R13 and R14, together with the carbons to which they are attached, join to form a cyclopropyl ring;
m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
n is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
x is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

2. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R4 is H or —C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, —OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
R2 is —OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, R6, or —OR6, wherein R6 is, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
Cy is




R7 and R8 are, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl);
or R7 and R8 join to form a 3- to 7-membered ring;
R11 is, independently at each occurrence, —OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
R12 is, independently at each occurrence, H or —C1-C6 alkyl;
m is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
n is 1, 2, or 3; and
x is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

3. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, or —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH;
each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, R6, or OR6, wherein R6 is, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH;
Cy is




R11 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, or —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH;
R12 is, independently at each occurrence, H or —C1-C6 alkyl;
m is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
n is 1, 2, or 3; and
x is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

4. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is H.

5. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R7 and R8 are, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, pyridyl, benzyl, or pyridylmethyl.

6. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R7 and R8 are, independently at each occurrence, —C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the —C1-C6 alkyl groups join to form a 3- to 7-membered ring.

7. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, halo and x is 1, 2, or 3.

8. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is halo, OH, —C1-C6 alkyl, or —O—C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or OH.

9. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R2 is, independently at each occurrence, halo or —C1-C3 alkyl-OH and y is 1 or 2.

10. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is —OR6, wherein R6 is —C1-C6 alkyl or —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-2 times with halo or OH.

11. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Cy is

12. The compound of claim 11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R11 is, independently at each occurrence, halo, OH, —C1-C6 alkyl, or —O—C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or OH.

13. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R11 is —O—C1-C3 alkyl, and n is 1.

14. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R11 is OH or —C1-C3 alkyl-OH, and n is 1.

15. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is 0.

16. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R11 is halo, and n is 1.

17. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R11 is —C1-C3 alkyl, and n is 1.

18. The compound of claim 1, wherein Cy is

19. The compound of claim 18, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R11 is, independently at each occurrence, OH or —C1-C3 alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or OH, and m is 1 or 2.

20. The compound of claim 18, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein m is 0.

21. A compound of Formula IV:



or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), —C1-C4 alkyl-(aryl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(heteroaryl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted 1-5 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
each R3 is, independently at each occurrence, OH or —C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH;
x is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and
z is 1, 2, or 3.

22. The compound of claim 21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —CN, —NO2, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, —C3-C10 cycloalkyl, —C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), or —C1-C4 alkyl-(C3-C10 heterocycloalkyl), wherein the alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo, —OH, —CN, or —NO2;
x is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

23. The compound of claim 21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein
R4 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, OH, halo, —C1-C6 alkyl, —O—C1-C6 alkyl, —C1-C6 heteroalkyl, or —O—C1-C6 heteroalkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted 1-3 times with halo or —OH;
x is 0, 1, 2, or 3.

24. The compound of claim 21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is H.

25. The compound of claim 21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R1 is, independently at each occurrence, halo and x is 1, 2, or 3.

26. The compound of claim 21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is —C1-C3 alkyl-OH and z is 1.

27. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

28. A method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.

29. A method of eradicating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.

30. A method of reducing the viral load associated with an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.

31. A method of reducing reoccurrence of an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.

32. A method of reducing an adverse physiological impact of an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.

33. A method of inducing remission of hepatic injury from an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.

34. A method of reducing the physiological impact of long-term antiviral therapy for HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.

35. A method of prophylactically treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, wherein the individual is afflicted with a latent HBV infection, comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.

36. The method of claim 28, further comprising administering to the individual at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of a HBV polymerase inhibitor, immunomodulatory agents, pegylated interferon, viral entry inhibitor, viral maturation inhibitor, literature-described capsid assembly modulator, reverse transcriptase inhibitor, a cyclophilin/TNF inhibitor, a TLR-agonist, an HBV vaccine, and agents of distinct or unknown mechanism, and a combination thereof.

37. The method of claim 36, wherein the therapeutic agent is a reverse transcriptase inhibitor, and is at least one of Zidovudine, Didanosine, Zalcitabine, ddA, Stavudine, Lamivudine, Abacavir, Emtricitabine, Entecavir, Apricitabine, Atevirapine, ribavirin, acyclovir, famciclovir, valacyclovir, ganciclovir, valganciclovir, Tenofovir, Adefovir, PMPA, cidofovir, Efavirenz, Nevirapine, Delavirdine, and Etravirine.

38. The method of claim 36, wherein the therapeutic agent is a TLR agonist, and wherein the TLR agonist is a TLR-7 agonist selected from the group consisting of SM360320 (9-benzyl-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)adenine) and AZD 8848 (methyl [3-({[3-(6-amino-2-butoxy-8-oxo-7,8-dihydro-9H-purin-9yl)propyl][3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]amino}methyl)phenyl]acetate).

39. The method of claim 36, wherein the therapeutic agent is an interferon selected from the group consisting of interferon alpha (IFN-α), interferon beta (IFN-β), interferon lambda (IFN-λ), and interferon gamma (IFN-γ).

40. The method of claim 39, wherein the interferon is interferon-alpha-2a, interferon-alpha-2b, or interferon-alpha-n1.

41. The method of claim 40, wherein the interferon-alpha-2a or interferon-alpha-2b is pegylated.

42. The method of claim 40, wherein the interferon-alpha-2a is pegylated interferon-alpha-2a (PEGASYS).

43. The method of claim 28, further comprising administering to the individual at least one HBV vaccine, a nucleoside HBV inhibitor, an interferon or any combination thereof.

44. The method of claim 43, wherein the HBV vaccine is selected from the group consisting of RECOMBIVAX HB, ENGERIX-B, ELOVAC B, GENEVAC-B, and SHANVAC B.

45. A method of treating an HBV infection in an individual in need thereof, comprising reducing the HBV viral load by administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1, alone or in combination with a reverse transcriptase inhibitor; and further administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of HBV vaccine.

46. The method of claim 28, further comprising monitoring the HBV viral load of the subject, and wherein the method is carried out for a period of time such that the HBV virus is undetectable.